BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

प्रश्न और अभ्यास (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଔର୍ ଅଭ୍ୟାସ)

1. इन प्रश्नों के उत्तर दो-तीन वाक्यों में दीजिए।
(ଇନ୍ ପ୍ରକ୍ଷ୍ନୌ କେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦୋ-ତୀନ ବାହେଁ ମେଁ ଦୀଜିଏ ।)
(ଏହି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତର ଦୁଇ-ତିନୋଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଦିଅ ।)

(क) अब्राहम लिंकन ने हेडमाष्टर से क्या चाहा? था
(ଆବ୍ରାହମ୍ ଲିଙ୍କନ୍ ନେ ହେଡ଼ମାଷ୍ଟର ସେ କ୍ୟା ଚାହା ? )
(ଆବ୍ରାହମ ଲିଙ୍କନ୍ ପ୍ରଧାନଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ କ’ଣ ଚାହିଁଲେ ବା ଆଶା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତ କଲେ ?)
उत्तर:
अब्राहम लिंकन ने हेड़माष्टर से यह चाहा कि वे उनके पुत्र को किताबो के जादू के वारे में सिखाए। चीजों के बारे में सोचने का वक्त दे, ताकि पक्षियों के आसमान में उडान भरने। और विनम्र के साथ विनम्रता और सख्त इंसानों के साथ सख्ती करना सिखाइए।

(ख) वे अपने पुत्र में किन-किन गुणों का समावेश देखना चाहते हैं?
(ୱେ ଅପ୍ ନେ ସୂତ୍ରମଁ କିନ୍-କିନ୍ ଗୁର୍ଣ୍ଣୋ କା ସମାବେଶ ଦେଖନା ଚାହତେ ହୈ ?)
(ସେ ନିଜ ପୁତ୍ରର କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଗୁଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଛନ୍ତି ?)
उत्तर:
वे अपने पुत्र से ईमानदार, सत्यनिष्ठ, मेहनती, कर्तब्यवोध, धैर्यवान आदि गुणों का समावेश देखना चाहते हैं। वह अपनी सोच पर भरोसा रखना सीखे। सन्की लोगों को झिड़क दे और वहुत मीठी-मीठी बातों से सावधान रहे परन्तु अपने दिल और आत्मा सौदा न करें। वे सवकी वातें सुने मगर उन्हें सच की कसौटी पर केसे और केवल सहीं चीजों को ही मंजूर करे।

(ग) अब्राहम लिंकन ने हेडमाष्टर को चिट्ठी क्यों लिखी थी? था।
(ଆବ୍ରାହମ୍ ଲିଙ୍କନ ନେ ହେଉମାଷ୍ଟର କୋ ଚିଠୀ ବ୍ୟୋ ଲିଖା ଥୀ ?)
(ଆବ୍ରାହମ ଲିଙ୍କନ ପ୍ରଧାନ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ କାହିଁକି ଚିଠୀ ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ ?)
उत्तर:
अब्राहम लिंकन ने हेड़माष्टर को चिट्ठी इसलिए लिखी थी कि उनका पुत्र जीवन में आनेवाले हर संघर्ष, हर परिस्थिति हर प्रकार के इंमान और हर प्रकार की सोच समझ के साथ उड़कर इनका मुकावुला कर सके। गलत कार्य का विरोध करें और सत्य को प्रधान्य दें। खुद में भरोसा रखें, अपनी बुद्धि और विवेक से कार्य करें।

(घ) बच्चों को सोचने के लिए वक्त देने की क्या आवश्यकता है?
(ବଙ୍ଗେଁ କୋ ଦୋବନେ କେ ଲିଏ ବକ୍‌ତ ଦେନେ କୀ କ୍ୟା ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ହୈ ?)
(ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଭାବିବା ପାଇଁ ସମୟ ଦେବାର କ’ଣ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ଅଛି ? )
उत्तर:
वच्चों को सोचने के लिए वक्त देने की यह आवश्यकता है कि सवकी वाते सुने, मगर उन्हें सत्य की कसोटि पर केसे और केवल सही चीजों को मंजूर करे। उनका डर दूर चला जाता है। उनमें नई चिजों को सोचने समझने, सीखने और उनका परखने कि शक्ति का विकाश होता है। धीरे धीरे वच्चे जीवन के मूल्यों को समझने लगते हैं।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

2. निम्नलिखित प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक या दो वाक्यों में दीजिए।
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋ କେ ଉତ୍ତର ଏକୟା ଦୋ ବାର୍କେ ହେଁ ଦୀଜିଏ।)
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତର ଗୋଟିଏ-ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଦିଅ ।)
(क) यह पत्र किसने किसको लिखा है?
(ୟହ ପତ୍ର କିସ୍‌ କିସ୍କୋ ଲିଖା ହୈ ? )
(ଏହି ଚିଠୀ କିଏ କାହାକୁ ଲେଖୁଛନ୍ତି ?)
उत्तर:
यह पत्र अमेरिका के राष्ट्रपति अपने वेटेके प्रधान शिक्षक को लिखा है।

(ख) अब्राहम लिंकन कौन थे?
(ଆବ୍ରାହମ ଲିଙ୍କନ କୌନ ଥେ ?)
(ଆବ୍ରାହମ୍ ଲିଙ୍କନ୍ କିଏ ଥିଲେ ?)
उत्तर:
अब्राहम लिंकन अमेरिका के प्रथम नागरिक या राष्ट्रपति थे।

(ग) लिंकन किसे, क्या सिखाने की प्रार्थना करते हैं?
(ଲିଙ୍କନ୍ କିସ୍, କ୍ୟା ସିଖାନେ କୀ ପ୍ରାର୍ଥନା କର୍‌ତେ ହୈ ?)
(ଲିଙ୍କନ କାହାକୁ, କ’ଣ ଶିଖୁବାର ପାର୍ଥନା କରିଛନ୍ତି ?)
उत्तर:
लिंकन हेडमाष्टर से यह सिखाने की प्रार्थना करते हैं कि सभी इंसान ईमानदार और सच्चे नहीं होते

(घ) स्कूल में उसे क्या सिखाना अच्छा है?
(ସ୍କୁଲ୍‌ର୍ମେ ଉସେ କ୍ୟା ସିଖାନା ଅଚ୍ଛା ହୈ ?)
(ବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟରେ ତାକୁ କ’ଣ ଶିଖାଇବା ଭଲ ଅଟେ)
उत्तर:
धोखा देने से असफल होना स्कूल में उसे सिखाना अच्छा है विनम्र के साथ विनम्रता और सख्त इंसानों के साथ सख्त करना सिखाइए।

(ङ) उसे इतनी ताकत दीजिए कि वह क्या होकर भीड़ के साथ न चल सके?
(ଉସେ ଇତନା ତାକତ୍ ଦୀଜିଏ କି ୱହ କ୍ୟା-ହୋକର୍ ଭୀଙ୍ କେ ସାଥ ନ ଚଲ ସକେ ?)
(ତାଙ୍କୁ ଏତିକି ଶକ୍ତି ଦିଅ, ସେ କ’ଣ ହୋଇ ଭୀଡ଼ରେ ଚାଲିବାକୁ ସକ୍ଷମ ନହୋଇପାରିବେ ?)
उत्तर:
उसे इतनी ताकत दीजिए कि वह लकीर का फकीर होकर भीड़ के साथ न चल सके।

(च) उसे सबकी बात सुनकर किसकी कसौटी पर कसनी चाहिए?
(ଉସେ ସବକା ବାତ୍ ସୁନ୍ନକର୍ କିସ୍‌ କସୌଟୀ ପର୍ କସନୀ ଚାହିଏ ?)
(ତାଙ୍କର ସମସ୍ତ କଥା ଶୁଣି ସେ କ’ଣ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା ଉଚିତ୍ ?)
उत्तर:
उसे सवकी बात सुनकर सच की कसौटी पर कसनी चाहिए।

(छ) कौन-सी बात शर्म की बात नहीं है?
(କୌନ୍‌ ସା ଚ୍ତ ଶର୍ମ କା ବାତ୍ ନେହିଁ। )
(ହୌକେଉଁ କଥା ଲଜ୍ଜାର କଥା ନୁହେଁ ?)
उत्तर:
दुःख में आँसू बहाना शर्म की बात नहीं हैं।

(ज) किस बात से उसे सावधान रहना चाहिए?
(କିସ୍ ବାତ୍ ସେ ଉସେ ସାବଧାନ ରହନା ଚାହିଏ)
(କେଉଁ କଥାରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ସାବଧାନ ରହିବା ଉଚିତ ?)
उत्तर:
पागलों जैसो आचरण और बहुत मिठी मिठी बात से उसे साबधान रहना चाहिए।

(झ) व्यक्ति को किसका सौदा नहीं करना चाहिए?
(ଚ୍ୟନ୍ତି କୋ କିପୂକା ସୌଦା ନେହିଁ। କର୍ ନା ଚାହିଏ ?)
(ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ କେଉଁ ସୌଦା କରିବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ ?)
उत्तर:
व्यक्ति को दिल और आत्मा का सौदा नहीं करना चाहिए।

(ञ) लोहा कैसे फौलाद बनता है?
(ଲୋହା କୈସ୍ ଫୌଲାଦ ବନ୍‌ତା ହୈ ?)
(ଲୁହା କିପରି ଇସ୍ପାତରେ ପରିଣତ ହେଉଛି ?)
उत्तर:
आग में तपकर ही लोहा फौलाद बनता है।

(ट) लिंकन बेटे को बहादुर और धैर्यवान क्यों बनाना चाहते थे?
(ଲ୍ଲିଙ୍କନ୍ ରେଗେ ଜୋ ଛାହାକୁର ଔର୍ ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟବାନ୍ କୈ ବନାନା ଚାହତେ ଥେ ?)
(ଲିଙ୍କନ୍ ପୁତ୍ରକୁ ସାହସୀ ଓ ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟବାନ କାହିଁକି ହେବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଥିଲେ ?
उत्तर:
लिंकन बेटेको बहादुर और धैर्यवान इसलिए बनाना चाहते थे कि उसे खुद में भरोसा रखने के साथ इंसानियत में भरोसा रखे।

(ठ) पत्र के अंत में लिंकन क्या चाहते हैं?
(ପତ୍ର କେ ଅଂତ ମେଁ ଲିଙ୍କନ୍ କ୍ୟା ଚାହତ ହୈ ?)
(ଚିଠିର ଶେଷରେ ଲିଙ୍କନ କ’ଣ ଚାହିଁଛନ୍ତି ?)
उत्तर:
पत्र के अंत में लिंकन यह चाहते है कि अपने पुत्र बहादुर, निर्भिक और धैर्यवान होने के साथ अपने पर पूर्ण विश्वास रख सके। और भी गलत कार्य के खिलाफ आवाज उठा सके।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

3. प्रत्येक प्रश्न के उत्तर के चार विकल्प दिए गए हैं सही विकल्प चुनकर लिखिए :
(ପ୍ରତି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ନିମିତ୍ତ ଚାରୋଟି ସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଆଯାଇଛି । ଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତରଟି ବାଛି କରି ଲେଖ ।)
(क) ‘अधापक के नाम पत्र’ किसने लिखा है?
(i) अध्यापक ने
(ii) राष्ट्रपति ने
(iii) बेटे ने
(iv) अब्राहम लिंकन ने
उत्तर:
(iv) अब्राहम लिंकन ने

(ख) लिंकन ने किसके अध्यापक को पत्र लिखा?
(i) माता के
(ii) बेटे के
(iii) हेडमाष्टर के
(iv) पिता के
उत्तर:
(ii) बेटे के

(ग) ‘अब्राहम लिंकन’ किस चीज का जादू सिखाने का आग्रह करते हैं?
(i) किताब
(ii) ईमानदारी
(iii) सच्चाई
(iv) चीज
उत्तर:
(i) किताब

(घ) आसमान में कौन उड़ता है?
(i) मधुमक्खी
(ii) पहाड़
(iii) पक्षी
(iv) धूप
उत्तर:
(iii) पक्षी

(ङ) उसे किसकी कसौटी पर कसना चाहिए?
(i) झूठ
(ii) सच
(iii) भय
(iv) सोना
उत्तर:
(ii) सच

(च) आँसू अगर बहे तो उसमें क्या नहीं करना चाहिए?
(i) द्वेष
(ii) शर्म
(iii) दु:ख
(iv) घृणा
उत्तर:
(ii) शर्म

(छ) धोखा देने से अचछा क्या है?
(i) इंसान बनना
(ii) असफल होना
(iii) भरोसा रखना
(iv) संफल होना
उत्तर:
(ii) असफल होना

(ज) आग में तपकर लोहा क्या बनता है?
(i) गर्म
(ii) नरम
(iii) फौलाद
(iv) ताकत
उत्तर:
(iii) फौलाद

(झ) आवाज उठाने के लिए क्या बनना चाहिए?
(i) बहादुर
(ii) चोर
(iii) स्थिर
(iv) अस्थिर
उत्तर:
(i) बहादुर

(अ) मेरा बेटा एक कैसा बच्चा है?
(i) बुरा
(ii) दृष्ट
(iii) अच्छा
(iv) सुन्दर
उत्तर:
(iii) अच्छा

भाषा-ज्ञान (ଭାଷା-ଜ୍ଞାନ)

1. ‘ई’ प्रत्यय का प्रयोग करके नए शब्द बनाइए।
(ଈ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟର ପ୍ରଯୋଗ କରି ନୂଆ ଶବ୍ଦ ଗଠନ କରା)
जैसे : सनक + ई = सनकी
उत्तर:
झिड़क + ई = झिड़की
ईमानदार + ई = ईमानदारी
बहादुर + ई = बहादुरी
नरम + ई = नरमी
कीमत + ई = कीमती
मेहनत + ई = मेहनती
सख्त + ई = सख्ती

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

2. (क) पंछी आकाश में उड़ता है।
(ख) चिडिया आसमान में उड़ती है।
ऊपर के
(क) वाक्य में पंछी और (ख) वाक्य में चिड़िया एक ही अर्थ बतलाते हैं। उसी प्रकार (क) वाक्य में आकाश और (ख) वाक्य में आसमान एक ही अर्थ बतलाते हैं । अतः पंछी शब्द का समानार्थक शब्द चिडिया और आकाश का समानार्थक शब्द आसमान है । इस प्रकार निम्नलिखित शब्दों के समानार्थक शब्द लिखिए।
(ଉପରେ ‘କ’ ବାକ୍ୟରେ पंछी ଓ ‘ଖ’ ବାକ୍ୟରେ चिड़िया ଗୋଟିଏ ଅର୍ଥ ବୁଝାଉଛି । ସେହିପରି ‘କ’ ବାକ୍ୟରେ आकाश ଓ ‘ଖ’ ବାକ୍ୟରେ आसमान ଗୋଟିଏ ଅର୍ଥ ବୁଝାଉଛି । ତେଣୁ पंछी ଶବ୍ଦର ସମ୍ମାନାର୍ଥକ| ପ୍ରତିଶବ୍ଦ चिडिया ଓ काशର ପ୍ରତିଶବ୍ଦ आसमान ଅଟେ । ସେହିପରି ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସମାନାର୍ଥକ ବା ପ୍ରତିଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଏଗାଆଁ पर्यायवाची ଶବ୍ଦ ଲେଖ ।
उत्तर:
ताकत – बल, शक्ति

वक्त – समय

गलत – त्रुटि

हमेशा – सर्वदा

कीमत – मूल्य

इन्सान – मानव, आदमी

मंजूर – स्वीकार, सिपारीश

सख्त – कठोर

फूल – सुमन, पुष्प

दुनिया – जगत, संसार

सावधान – होशियार

3. निम्नलिखित गद्यांश में से सर्वनाम शब्द छाँटकर लिखिए।
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ତ ଗବ୍ୟ।ଶରୁ ସର୍ବନାମ ଶବ୍ଦ ବାଛିକରି ଲେଖ । )
‘उसे बहुत कुछ सीखना है। मैं जानता हूँ कि सभी इन्सान ईमानदार और सच्चे नहीं होते, लेकिन हो सके तो उसे किताबों के जादू के बारे में सिखाइए।’
उत्तर:
उसे, कुछ, मैं

4. भाववाचक संज्ञा बनाइए।
(ଭାବଚାରକ ସଂଜ୍ଞା ଗଢ଼)
उत्तर:
बहादुर – बहादुरी

सच्चा – सच्चाई

धैर्यवान – धैर्य

विनम्र – विनम्रता

इसान – इंससानियत

अच्छा – अच्छाई

नरम – नरमी

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

5. बहुवचन रूप लिखिए।
(ବହୁବଚନ ରୂପ ଲେଖ)
उत्तर:
मधुमक्खी – मधुमक्खियाँ

बच्चा – बच्चे

सच्चा – सच्चे

बेटा – बेटे

पंछी के पंछियों के

ताकत – ताकतें

सौदा – सौदे

आवाज – आवाजे

बाते – बातें

वह- वे

किताब में – किताबों में

उसे – उन्हें

चीज के – चीजों के

गला – गले

कसौटी – कसौटियाँ

रहस्य के – रहस्यों के

लकीर – लकीरें

उम्मीद – उम्मीदें

6. निम्नलिखित शब्दों का वाक्यों में प्रयोग कीजिए।
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ୍ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କର ।)
(क) रहस्य – रामन का मस्तिक विज्ञान के रहस्य को सुलझाने के लिए वेचैन रहता था।
(ख) सावधान – गाड़ी चलाते समय सावधान रहना चाहिए।
(ग) अलावा- मुझे इस कार्य के अलावा दूसरा कार्य नहीं करना।
(घ) धैर्यवान – युधिष्ठिर धैर्यवान और ज्ञानी पुरुषथे।
(ङ) फौलाद – आग में तपकर ही लोहा फौलाद बनता है।
(च) आवाज – दूर से किसी के होने की आवाज आ रही है।

7. उदाहरण के अनुसार वाक्य-परिवर्त्तन कीजिए।
(ଉଦାହରଣ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ବାକ୍ୟ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କର ।)
(उदाहरण : हमेशा गले लगाइए। हमेशा गले मत लगाइए।
(क) उन्हें सच की कसौटी पर कसें।
उत्तर:
उन्हें सच की कसौटी पर मत कसें।

(ख) हमेशा आँसू बहाइए।
उत्तर:
हमेशा आँसू मत बहा इए।

(ग) उसे इतना बहादुर बनाइए।
उत्तर:
उसे इतना बहादुर मत बनाइए।

(घ) हमेशा दूसरों की बात सुनिए।
उत्तर:
हमेशा दूसरों की बात मत सुनिए।

अतिरिक्त प्रश्नोत्तर

1. लिंकन अपने बेटे को बहादुर और धैर्यवान क्यों बनाना चाहते थे?
(ଲିଂକନ୍ ଅପ୍‌ନେ ବେଟେ କୋ ବହାଦୁର ଔର୍ ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟୱାନ୍ ଜ୍ୟୋ ବନାନା ଚାହତେ ଥେ ?)
( ଲିଙ୍କନ ନିଜ ପୁତ୍ରକୁ ସାହସୀ ଓ ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟବାନ୍ ହେବାକୁ କାହିଁକି ଚାହିଁଥିଲେ ?)
उत्तर:
लिंकन अपने बेटे को बहादुर और धैर्यवान बनाना इसलिए चाहते थे कि अन्याय के खिलाफ आवाज उठा सके और बहादुरी दिखा सके। उसे खुद में भरोसा रखने के साथ इंसानियत में भरोसा रखे।

2. लिकन बिद्याथी को कौन सी शिक्षा देते है?
(ଲିଂକନ୍ ବିଦ୍ୟାର୍ଥୀ କୋ କୌନ୍ ସୀ ଶିକ୍ଷା ଦେତେ ହୈ ?)
(ଲିଙ୍କନ ବିଦ୍ୟାର୍ଥୀକୁ କେଉଁ ଶିକ୍ଷା ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ? )
उत्तर:
लिंकन विद्यार्थी को ईमानदार, परिश्रमी, धैर्यवान, आत्मनिर्भर बनना चाहिए। विद्यार्थी जीवन में आनेवाले हर संघर्ष-हर परिस्थिति, हर प्रकार कें इंसान और हर प्रकार सोच-समझ आदि के साथ डटकर इनका मुकावला कर सके ताकि उसको अपने आप पर पूरा विश्वास हो।

अति संक्षिप्त उत्तरमूलक प्रश्नोत्तर

A. निम्नलिखित प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक वाक्य में दीजिए।

प्रश्न 1.
अब्राहम लिंकन कौन थे?
उत्तर:
अब्राहम लिंकन अमरीका के राष्ट्रपति थे।

प्रश्न 2.
लिंकन किसप्रकार पढ़कर ज्ञान प्राप्त किया करते थे?
उत्तर:
लिंकन विभिन्न स्थानों से पुस्तकं माँगकर रात को चूल्हे की आग के प्रकाश में पढ़कर ज्ञान प्राप्त किया करते थे।

प्रश्न 3.
‘अध्यापक के नाम पत्र’ किसने किसको लिखा है?
उत्तर:
‘अध्यापक के नाम पत्र’ लिंकन ने अपने बेटे के हेडमास्टर को लिखा है।

प्रश्न 4.
सभी इंसान क्या नहीं होते?
उत्तर:
सभी इंसान ईमानदार और सच्चे नहीं होते।

प्रश्न 5.
स्कूल में कौन सी बात सिखाने के लिए लिंकन ने पुत्र के प्रधान शिक्षक के पास चिठ्ठी लिखी थी?
उत्तर:
धोखा देने से असफल होना अच्छा है।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

प्रश्न 6.
स्कूल में कौन सी बात सिखाने के लिए लिंकन ने पुत्र के प्रधानशिक्षक के पास चिट्ठी लिखा था?
उत्तर:
धोखा देने से असफल होना अच्छा है, यही बात स्कूल में सिखाने के लिए लिंकन ने पुत्र के प्रधानशिक्षक के पास चिट्ठी लिखा था।

प्रश्न 7.
लोहा फैलाद कैसे बनता है?
उत्तर:
आग में तपकर लोहा फ़ौलाद बनता है।

प्रश्न 8.
कौन – सी बात शर्म की बात नहीं है?
उत्तर:
आँसू अगर बहे तो उसमें कोई शर्म नहीं।

प्रश्न 9.
आँसू अगर बहे तो उसमें क्या नहीं करना चाहिए?
उत्तर:
आँसू अगर बहे तो उसमें शर्म नहीं करना चाहिए।

प्रश्न  10.
आवाज उठाने के लिए क्या बनना चाहिए?
उत्तर:
आवाज उठाने के लिए बहादूर बनना चाहिए।

प्रश्न  11.
अध्यापक के नाम पत्र’ किसने लिखा है?
उत्तर:
अध्यापक के नाभ पत्र’ अब्राहम लिंकन ने लिखा है।

B. निम्नलिखित प्रश्नों के उत्तर एक शब्द में दीजिए।

प्रश्न 1.
किस बात से उसे सावधान रहना चाहिए?
उत्तर:
बहुत मीठी-मीठी बातों

प्रश्न 2.
‘अध्यापक के नाम पत्र’ किसने लिखा है?
उत्तर:
अब्राहम लिंकन

प्रश्न 3.
व्यक्ति को किसका सौदा नहीं करना चाहिए?
उत्तर:
अपने दिल और आत्मा

प्रश्न 4.
किसमें तपकर लोहा फौलाद बनता है?
उत्तर:
आग

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

प्रश्न 5.
‘अब्राहम लिंकन’ किस चीज का जादू सिखाने का आग्रह करते हैं?
उत्तर:
किताब

प्रश्न 6.
आसमान में कौन उड़ता है?
उत्तर:
पक्षी

प्रश्न 7.
दु:ख में अगर क्या बहे तो शर्म की बात नहीं है?
उत्तर:
आसू

प्रश्न 8.
किस काम के लिए बहादूरी की आवश्यकता होती है?
उत्तर:
आवाज उठाने

प्रश्न 9.
अब्राहम लिंकन कौन थे?
उत्तर:
अमेरिका के राष्ट्रपति

प्रश्न 10.
धोखा देने से अच्छा क्या है?
उत्तर:
असफल

प्रश्न 11.
सभी इंसान क्या नहीं होते?
उत्तर:
ईमानदार

प्रश्न 12.
लिंकन ने किसके अध्यापक को पत्र लिखा?
उत्तर:
अपने बेटे

प्रश्न 13.
आवाज उठाने के लिए क्या वनना चाहिए?
उत्तर:
बहादुर

प्रश्न 14.
लिंकन के बेटे को किसकी कसौटी पर कसना चाहिए?
उत्तर:
सच

C. रिक्तस्थानों को भरिए।

प्रश्न 1.
आग में तपकर लोहा …………. बनता है।
उत्तर:
फौलाद

प्रश्न 2.
लिंकन का निधन ……………. हुआ।
उत्तर:
15 अप्रैल सन् 1865

प्रश्न 3.
यहाँ पत्र लिखने वाले …………… है।
उत्तर:
अब्राहम लिंकन

प्रश्न 4.
अब्राहम लिंकन ………………
उत्तर:
अमेरीका के राष्ट्रपति

प्रश्न 5.
लिंकन ……………… सिखाने की प्रार्थना करते हैं।
उत्तर:
हैड़मास्टर से

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

प्रश्न 6.
उसे इतनी ताकत दीजिए कि बह ……………….. होकर भीड़ के साथ न चल सके।
उत्तर:
लकीर का फकीर न होकर

प्रश्न 7.
उसे सबकी बात सुनकर ………………. की कसौटी पर कसनी चाहिए।
उत्तर:
सच

प्रश्न 8.
पत्र के अंत में लिंकन ………………. चाहते हैं।
उत्तर:
हैड़मास्टर से ढे सारी उम्मीद

प्रश्न 9.
अपनी ताकत और दिमाग की ऊँची ……………… लगानी चाहिए।
उत्तर:
कीमत

प्रश्न 10.
‘अध्यापक के नाम पत्र’……………… ने लिखा है।
उत्तर:
अब्राहम लिंकन ने

प्रश्न 11.
……………… अध्यापक को पत्र लिंकन ने लिखा।
उत्तर:
अपने बेटे

प्रश्न 12.
बेटे को ……………….. की कसौटी पर कसना चाहिए।
उत्तर:
सच

प्रश्न 13.
आँसू अगर बहे तो उसमें ……………. नहीं करना चाहिए।
उत्तर:
शर्म

प्रश्न 15.
अपना दिल और आत्मा का ……………. नहीं करना चाहिए।
उत्तर:
सौदा

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

प्रश्न 16.
आग में जलकर …………….. फौलाद बनता है।
उत्तर:
लोहा

प्रश्न 17.
……………….. बात शर्म की बात नहीं है।
उत्तर:
दु:ख में आँसू बहाना

प्रश्न 18.
मेरा बेटा एक ………………… बच्चा है।
उत्तर:
अच्छा

D. सही उत्तर चुनिए।

1. ‘अध्यापक के नाम पत्र’ विषय के लेखक हैं-
(A) आब्राहम लिंकन
(B) नेहरूजी
(C) गाँधीजी
(D) इनमें से कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
(A) आब्राहम लिंकन

2. अब्राहम लिंकन थे –
(A) भारत के राष्ट्रपति
(B) इंगलैंड़ के राष्ट्रपति
(C) अमेरिका के राष्ट्रपति
(D) इनमें से कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
(B) इंगलैंड़ के राष्ट्रपति

3. अब्राहम लिंकन का जन्म कब हुआ था?
(A) 1866
(B) 1865
(C) 1864
(D) 1809
उत्तर:
(D) 1809

4. ‘अध्यापक के नाम पत्र’ को किसने किसको लिखा?
(A) पिता पुत्र को
(B) पुत्र पिता को
(C) पिता अध्यापक को
(D) पुत्र अध्यापक को
उत्तर:
(C) पिता अध्यापक को

5. धोखा देने से अच्छा है
(A) असफल होना
(B) सफल होना
(C) विजली होना
(D) इनमें से कोई नही
उत्तर:
(A) असफल होना

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

6. उसे किसकी कसौटी पर कसनी चाहिए।
(A) सच की
(B) सोने की
(C) झूठ की
(D) इनमें से कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
(A) सच की

7. अब्राहम लिंकन का निधन कब हुआ था?
(A) 1865
(B) 1864
(C) 1863
(D) 1862
उत्तर:
(A) 1865

8. किसका तिरस्कार करना चाहिए?
(A) बुरे लोगों का
(B) सनकी लोगों का
(C) बहादूर लोगों का
(D) धनी लोगों का
उत्तर:
(B) सनकी लोगों का

9. किसकी ऊँची कीमत लगानी चाहिए?
(A) ताकत और दिमाग की
(B) बल और शक्ति के
(C) हिम्मत और जिन्देगी को
(D) इनमें से कोई नही
उत्तर:
(A) ताकत और दिमाग की

10. लिंकन किसे ईमानदार, आत्मनिर्भर जैसे गुणों को सिखाने के लिए हेड़मास्टर से प्रार्थना करते है?
(A) छात्रों को
(B) अपने बेटे को
(C) हेड़मास्टर को
(D) इनमें से कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
(B) अपने बेटे को

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

11. अब्राहम लिंकन किस चीज का जादू सिखाने का आग्रह करते हैं?
(A) किताब को
(B) ईमानदारी का
(C) सच्चाई का
(D) इनमें से कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
(A) किताब को

12. आवाज उठाने के लिए क्या बनना चाहिए?
(A) बहादूर
(B) चोर
(C) स्थिर
(D) अस्थिर
उत्तर:
(A) बहादूर

13. अब्राहम लिंकन का बेटा कैसा है?
(A) अच्छा
(B) बूरा
(C) दयालु
(D) इनमें से कोई नहीं
उत्तर:
(A) अच्छा

14. आँसू अगर बहे तो उसमें क्या नहीं करना चाहिए?
(A) दु:ख
(B) शर्म
(C) द्वेष
(D) घृणा
उत्तर:
(B) शर्म

15. आग में तपकर कौन फौलाद बनता है?
(A) चाँदी
(B) सोना
(C) ताँबा
(D) लोहा
उत्तर:
(D) लोहा

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

1. अमेरिका …………………… कल थी।
ଅମେରିକା କେ ମଶଦୂର ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତି ଅବ୍ରାହମ୍ଲିଙ୍କନ୍ ନେ ଅପନେ ବେଟେ କେ ହେଡ଼ମାଷ୍ଟର୍ କୋ ଏକ ଚିଠି ଲିଖୀ ଥୀ । ବରହେଁ ବାଦ୍ ଭୀ ଏକ୍ ପିତା କୀ ସଲାହ ଆଜ୍ ଉତ୍‌ନୀ ହୀ ଖରୀ ହୈ, ଜିତ୍‌ କଲ୍ ଥୀ ।
ଅନୁବାଦ:
ଆମେରିକାର ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରପତି ଆବ୍ରାହମ ଲିଙ୍କନ ନିଜ ପୁଅର ପ୍ରଧାନ ଶିକ୍ଷକଙ୍କୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଚିଠି ଲେଖୁଥିଲେ । ବର୍ଷ ବର୍ଷ ପରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଜଣେ ପିତାଙ୍କର ପରାମର୍ଶ ଆଜି ମଧ୍ୟ ସେତେ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ, ଯେତେ ସେ ସମୟରେ ଥିଲା ।

2. चिट्ठी ………………….. मंजूर करे।
ଚିଟ୍ଠୀ କୁଛ୍ ଇସ୍ ତରହ ଥୀ
‘‘ଉସେ ବହୁତ କୁଛ ସୀ ହୈ । ମେଁ ଜାନ୍‌ ହୁଁ କି ସଭ୍ୟ ଇଁସାନ୍ ଈମାନଦାର୍ ଔର୍ ସଜେ ନର୍ତୀ ହୋତେ, ଲେକିନ୍ ହୋ ସକେ ତୋ ଉସେ କିତାର୍ଡୋ କେ ଜାଦୂ କେ ବାରେ ମେଁ ସିଖାଇଏ । ଇସ୍‌ ଅଲାୱା ହୋ ସକେ ତୋ ଉସେ ଚୀର୍ଡୋ କେ ବାରେ ମେଁ ସୋନେ କା ୱକ୍ତ ଭୀ ଦୀଜିଏ, ତାକି ପଂଛିୟୋ କେ ଅସମାନ୍ ମେଁ ଉଡ଼ାନ୍ ଭର୍‌ନେ, ମଧୁମୟୈ କେ ଧୂପ ମେଁ ଥରକ୍‌ନେ ଔର ହରେ-ଭରେ ପହାଡ଼ୋ ପର୍ ଫୁଲ୍ କେ ଖେଲ୍‌ନେ କେ ରହଦ୍ୟୋ ପର୍ ସୌଚ୍ ସକେ । ସ୍କୁଲ୍ ମେଁ ଉସେ ସିଖାଇଏ କି ଧୋଖା ଦେନେ ସେ ଅସଫଲ୍ ହୋନା ଅଚ୍ଛା ହୈ।

ଭଲେ ହୀ ଦୁନିୟା ଉସ୍‌ ବିଚାରୌ କୋ ଗଲତ୍ ବତାଏ, ଲେକିନ୍ ୱହ ଅପନୀ ସୋଚ୍ ପର୍ ଭରୋସା ରଖନା ସୀଖେ । ଉସ୍ ବିନର୍ଡୋ କେ ସାଥ୍‌ ବିନମ୍ରତା ଔର୍ ସଖ୍ତ ଇଂସାର୍ଡୋ କେ ସାଥ୍ ସଖ୍ତୀ କର୍‌ନା ସିଖାଇଏ । ଉସ୍ରେ ଇତ୍‌ନୀ ତାକତ୍ ଦୀଜିଏ କି ୱହ ଲକୀର୍ କା ଫକୀର୍ ହୋକର୍ ଭୀଡ଼ କେ ସାଥ୍ ନ ଚଲ୍ପଡ଼େ । ଉସ୍ ସିଖାଇଏ କି ୱହ ସବ୍‌କୀ ବାର୍ତେ ସୁନେ, ଲେକିନ୍ ଉର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ୱ ସଚ୍ କୀ କସୌଟୀ ପର୍ କୈସେ ଔର୍ କେୱଲ୍ ସହୀ ବୀର୍ଡୋ କ୍ରୋ ହୀ ମଂଜୁର କରେ ।

ଅନୁବାଦ:
ଚିଠି କିଛି ଏହି ପରିଥିଲା
ତାକୁ ବହୁତ କିଛି ଶିଖୁବାର ଅଛି । ମୁଁ ଜାଣେ ଯେ ସବୁ ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ସଟ ଓ ବିଶ୍ୱାସୀ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି; ତଥାପି ପାରୁଛନ୍ତି ତ ତାକୁ ବହିର ଯାଦୁ ବିଷୟରେ ଶିଖାନ୍ତୁ । ଏହାଛଡ଼ା ଯଦି ସମ୍ଭବ ହୁଏ ତାକୁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବିଷୟରେ ଭାବିବାପାଇଁ ସମୟ ମଧ୍ୟ ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ, ଅଟେ । ସମାଜ ତା’ର ବିଚାରକୁ ଯେତେ ଭୁଲ୍‌ବୋଲି କହିଲେବି ସେ ନିଜ ଭାବନାରେ ଭରସା ରଖୁବା ଶିଖୁ । ତାକୁ ନମ୍ର ଲୋକଙ୍କ ସହିତ ନମ୍ରତା ଓ ରୁକ୍ଷ ଲୋକଙ୍କ ସହିତ ରୁକ୍ଷ ହେବାକୁ ଶିଖାନ୍ତୁ । ତାକୁ ଏତେ ଶକ୍ତି ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ ଯେମିତି ସେ ପାରମ୍ପାରିକ ଭାବରେ ସାଧାରଣ ଜନତାଙ୍କ ଭିଡ଼ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ନ ଚାଲୁ । ତାକୁ ଶିଖାନ୍ତୁ କି ସେ ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କ କଥା ଶୁଣୁ, କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ ସବୁ କଥା ସତ୍ୟର କଷଟି ପଞ୍ଝାରେ ପରଖ୍ କେବଳ ଠିକ୍ କଥାକୁ ହିଁ ସ୍ଵୀକାର କରୁ ।

3. उसे सिखाइए ……………………… बनता है।
ଉସ୍ ସିଖାଇଏ କି କୈସେ ଦୁଃଖ ମେଁ ଭୀ ହଁସା ଜାତା ହୈ….. କି ଆଁସୂ ଅଗର ବହେ ତୋ ଉସ୍ ମେଁ କୋଈ ଶର୍ମ ନେହୀ ହୈ । ଉସେ ସିଖାଇଏ କି ସନକୀ ଲୋଗୋଁ କୋ ଝିଡ଼କ ଦେ ଔର ବହୁତ ପୀଠ-ପୀଠୀ ବାର୍ତା ସେ ସାବଧାନ ରହେ । ଅପୂନୀ ତାକତ୍ ଔର୍ ଦିମାଗକୀ ଉଁଚୀ କୀମତ ତୋ ଲଗାଏ, ଲେକିନ୍ ଅପ୍‌ ଦିଲ ଔର୍ ଆତ୍ମା କା ସୌଦା ନ କରେ । ଉସ୍ ସିଖାଇଏ କି ଅଗର ଉସ୍ ଲଗତା ହୈ କି ୱହ ସହୀ ହୈ ତୋ ସାମ୍‌ନେ ଖଡ଼ୀ ଉସ୍‌ ସାଥ ନର୍‌ମୀ ସେ ପେଶ୍ ଆଇଏ, ଲେକିନ୍ ହମେଶା ହୀ ଲୋହୀ ଫେଲାଜ ବନତା ହୈ ।
ହୁଈ ଚୀଖତୀ ଭୀଡ଼ କୋ ଅନସୁନା କର ଦେ । ଗଲେ ସେ ଲଗାକର୍ ମତ୍ ରଖୁ, କୈ କି ଆଗ୍ ମେଁ ତପକର

ଅନୁବାଦ:
ତାକୁ ଶିଖାନ୍ତୁ କିପରି ଦୁଃଖରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ହସି ହୁଏ………ଯଦି ଲୁହ ବହେ ସେଥ୍ରେ କୌଣସି ଲାଜ ନାହିଁ । ତାକୁ ଶିଖାନ୍ତୁ, ସନ୍ଦେହୀ ଲୋକଙ୍କୁ ବାହାର କରୁ ଏବଂ ବହୁତ ମିଠା-ମିଠା କଥାରୁ ସାବଧାନ ରହୁ । ନିଜର ଶକ୍ତି ଓ ଦକ୍ଷତାର ଉଚ୍ଚ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ଲଗାଉ । କିନ୍ତୁ ନିଜର ହୃଦୟ ଓ ଆତ୍ମାକୁ ବେପାର ନକରୁ । ତାକୁ ସିଖାନ୍ତୁ ଯଦି ତାକୁ ଲାଗିବ ସେ ଠିକ୍ ଅଛି ତେବେ ସମ୍ମାନରେ ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇ ଚିତ୍କାର କରୁଥିବା ଭିଡ଼କୁ ନଶୁଣୁ । ତା ସହିତ ମଧୁର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରନ୍ତୁ, କିନ୍ତୁ ସର୍ବଦା ଆଲିଙ୍ଗନ କରନ୍ତୁ ନାହିଁ, କାରଣ ନିଆଁରେ ଲୁହା ଜଳିକି ପ୍ରକୃତ ଲୁହା ତିଆରି ହୁଏ ।

4. उसे इतना ……………. बच्चा है।
ଉସ୍ ଇନା ବହାଦୂର ବନାଇଏ କି ୱହ ଆଜ ଉଠାସକେ, ଇତନା ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟବାନ୍ ବନାଇଏ କି ବହାଦୂରୀ ଦିଖାସକେ । ଉସ୍ ଖୁବ୍ ମେଁ ଭରୋସା କରନା ସିଖାଇଏ, ତା କି ୱହ ଇଂସାନିୟତ ମେଁ ଭରୋସା ରଖ ସକେ । ମେରୀ ଭଗ୍ନୀହେଁ ଢେରସାରୀ ହେଁ, ଦେଖତେ ହୈ କି ଆପ୍ କ୍ୟା କର ସକତେ ହେଁ । ମେରା ବେଟା ଏକ ଅଚ୍ଛା ବଛା ହୈ ।’’

ଅନୁବାଦ:
ତାଙ୍କୁ ଏତିକି ସାହସୀ କରନ୍ତୁ ଯେ ସେ ବିରୋଧର ସ୍ଵର ହଟାଇ ପାରୁଥ୍, ଏତେ ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟବାନ କରନ୍ତୁ ଯେ ବାହାଦୂରୀ ଦେଖାଇପାରିବ । ସେ ନିଜକୁ ବିଶ୍ବାସ କରିବା ଶିଖାନ୍ତୁ । ତେଣୁ ସେ ମନୁଷ୍ୟତାରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ରଖୁ । ମୋର ଆଶା ବହୁତ ଅଛି, ଦେଖାଯାଉ ଆପଣ କ’ଣ କରିପାରିବେ । ମୋ ପୁଅ ଜଣେ ଉତ୍ତମ ପିଲା ଅଟେ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Hindi Solutions Chapter 5 अध्यापक के नाम पत्र

शबनार: (ଶରାର୍ଥି)

मशहूर – ख्यति प्राप्त, प्रसिद्ध (ଖ୍ୟାତି ସମ୍ପନ୍ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ)।

सलाह – परामर्श (ପରାମର୍ଶ)।

खरी – सही, बढ़िया, अच्छा (ଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତ)।

इंसान – मनुष्य, नर (ମନୁଷ୍ୟ ନର)।

ईमानदार – सच्चा, विश्वासप्राप्त (ସଙ୍ଗୋଟ ବିଶ୍ୱାସ ନାୟ)।

जादू – इन्द्रजाल (କୁ ହୁକ)।

अलावा – सिवाय, अतिरिक्त (ଅତିରିକ୍ତ)।

चीजें – सामान, सामग्री (ଜନିଷପତ୍ର ଗଶୁଲି)।

वक्त – समय (ସମୟ)।

ताकि – इसलिए (ତେଣୁ)।

पंछी – पक्षी, चिड़िया (ପକ୍ଷୀ, ଚଢ଼େଇ) ।

सोच – चिंता, फिक्र (ଚିନ୍ତା) ।

थिरकना – नाच में पाँव का उठाना (ନାଚିବା) ।

हरे भरे – हरे पेड़ पत्तों से भरा (ଗଛ ପଟୁଜ ପତ୍ରରେ ପର୍ଣ୍ଣ ) ।

धोखा – भ्रम में डालनेवाला मिथ्या ठ्यवहार, छल (ଛଳ, ଧୋକାବାଜି) ।

गलत – भूल, अशुद्ध (ଭୂଲ, ଅଶୁଦ୍ଧ) ।

विनम्रता – नरमी का व्यवहार ((ମାଧୁର ବ୍ୟବହାର) ।

सख्त – कठोर (କଠୋର) ।

ताकत – शक्ति, बल (ଶକ୍ତି, ବଳ) ।

लकीरका फकीर – पुरानी परंपरा पर चलाने वाला (ପୁରୁଣା ପରମ୍ପରା) ।

फकीर – साधु, त्यागी (ସାଧୁ, ତ୍ଯାଗି) ।

कसौटी – परीक्षा, जाँच, परख (ସରାଯା ତନଖୁ, ପରଖୁବା) ।

मंजूर – स्वीकार (ସ୍ଵୀକାର, ଅନୁମୋଦନ) ।

शर्म – लज्जा (ଲଜ୍ଜା, ଶରମ) ।

सनकी – पागलों की सी प्रकृति या आचरण वाले (ପାଗଳର ଆଚରଣ ବା

झिड़कना – अवज्ञा (ଅବଜ୍ଞା) ।

दिमाग – मस्तिक (ମସ୍ତିକ) ।

कीमत – दाम, मूल्य (ଦାମ, ମୂଲ୍ୟ) ।

सौदा – माल, पदार्थ, वस्तु (ପଦାର୍ଥ, ବେପାର )।

सही – ठीक, शुद्ध (ଠିକ୍, ଶୁଦ୍ଧ) ।

अनसुना – न सुनना (ନ ଶୁଣିବା) ।

पेश – आगे, सामने (ଆଲିଙ୍ଗନ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ) ।

हमेशा – सदा, सर्वदा (ସବୁବେଳେ) ।

गत्ले लगना – आलिंगन करना (ଆଲିଂଗମ କରିବା) ।

आग – अग्रि (ଅଗ୍ନି) ।

फौलाद – पक्का लोहा (ପ୍ରକୃତ ଲୁହା) ।

वहादुर – साहसी, उत्साही (ସାହସୀ) ।

आवाज – शब्द, ध्वनि (ଶବ୍ଦ, ଧ୍ବନି) ।

आवाज उठाना – विरोध करना (ବିରୋଧ କରିବା )

भरोसा – विश्वासं (ବିଶ୍ଵାସ) ।

इंसानियत – मानवता (ମାନବତା) ।

उम्मीद – आशा, भरोसा (ଆଶା, ଭରସା)

लेखक परिचय (ଲେଖକ ପରିଚୀୟ)

अब्राहम लिंकन अमरीका के राष्ट्रपति थे। वे एक कुशल राजनीतिज्ञ होने के साथ-साथ पुस्तक – प्रेमी, गंभीर विचारक और लेखक भी थे। उनका जन्म 12 फरवरी सन् 1809 ई. में एक ऐसे परिवार में हुआ, जिसके पास रहने को न अच्छा घर था और न ही बच्चों को शिक्षा प्राप्त करने का कोई साधन।
उन्होंने देश को सदा के लिए दो भागों में बाँटने से बचाया और अमानवीय गुलाम प्रथा से भी देश को मुक्ति दिलाई। वे अपने प्रयत्न से विभिन्न स्थानों से पुस्तकें माँगकर रात को चूल्हे की आग के प्रकाश में पढ़कर ज्ञान प्राप्त किया करते थे। उनका निधन 15 अप्रेल सन् 1865 ई. में हुआ।

अभिमत:
पत्र- शैली में लिखा गया यह पाठ बहुत प्रेरणादायक है। इसमें अमरीकी राष्ट्रपति अब्राहम लिंकन ने अपने पुत्र के अध्यापक को एक पत्र लिखा है – जिसमें अध्यापक के द्वारा किसी विद्यार्थी को ईमानदार, परिश्रमी, धैर्यवान, आत्मनिर्भर बनाने के साथ-साथ अपने विचार स्वयं बनाने पर बल दिया है, ताकि उसको अपने आप पर पूरा विश्वास हो।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 3 Linear Programming

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 3 Linear Programming will enable students to study smartly.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Math Notes Chapter 3 Linear Programming

Definition:
A general linear programming problem LPP is to obtain x1, x2, x3 …… , xn so as to

Optimize:
Z = c1x1 + c2x2 + c3x3 + ……. + cnxn … (A)
subject to
a11x1 + a12x2 + ……. + a1nxn  ≤ (or ≥) b1
a21x1 + a22x2 + ……. + a2nxn  ≤ (or ≥) b2 … (B)
where x1, x2, …… , xn ≥ … 0 … (C)
and aij, bi, cj with i = 1, 2, … , m; j = 1, 2, … ,n are real constants.

In the LPP given above, the function Z in (A) is called the objective function. The variables x1 x3, ……, xn are called decision variables. The constants c1 c2, ……, cn are called cost coefficients. The inequalities in (B) are called constraints. The restrictions in (C) are called non-negative restrictions. The solutions which satisfy all the constraints in (B) and the non-negative restrictions in (C) are called feasible solutions.

The LPP involves three basic elements:

  1. Decision variables whose values we seek to determine,
  2. Objective (goal) that we aim to optimize,
  3. Constraints and non-negative restrictions that the variables need to satisfy.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 3 Linear Programming

Types of Linear Programming Problems

As we have already discussed we come across different types of problems which we need solve depending on the objective functions and the constraints. Here we discuss a few important types of LPPs. before learning how to formulate them.

(i) Manufacturing Problem
A manufacturer produces different items so as to maximise his profit. He has to determine the number of units of products he must produce while satisfying a number of constraints because each unit of product requires availability of some amount of raw material, certain manpower, certain machine hours etc.

(ii) Diet Problem
Suppose a person is advised to take vitamins/nutrients of two or more types. The vitamins/nutrients are available in different proportions in different types of foods. If the person has to take a minimum amount of the vitamins/nutrients then the problem is to determine appropriate quantity of food of each type so that cost of food is kept at the minimum.

(iii) Allocation Problem
In this type of problem one has to allocate different resources/tasks to different units/persons depending on the nature of the gain or outcome.

(iv) Transportation Problem
These problems involve transporting materials from sources to destinations for sale or distribution of products or collection of raw materials etc. Here the aim is to use various options for transportation such as distance, time etc so as to keep the cost of transportation to a minimum.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 3 Linear Programming

Working procedure to solve LPP graphically
Step-1. Taking all inequations of the constraints as equations, draw lines represented by each equation and considering the inequalities of the constraint inequations complete the feasible region.
Step-2. Determine the vertices of the feasible region either by inspection or by and solving the two equations of the intersecting lines.
Step-3. Evaluate the objective function Z = ax + by at each vertex.
Case (i) F.R. is bounded: The vertex which gives the optional value (maximum or minimum) of Z gives the desired optional solution to the LPP.
Case (ii) F.R. is unbounded: When M is the maximum value of Z at a vertex Vmax, determine the open half plane corresponding to the inequation ax + by > M. If this open half plane has no points in common with the F.R. then M is the maximum value of Z and the point Vmax gives the desired solution. Otherwise, Z has no maximum value.

Similarly consider the open half plane ax+by < m when m is the minimum value of Z at the vertex Vmin. If this half-plane has no point common with the F.R. then m is the minimum value of Z and Vmin gives the desired solution. Otherwise Z has no minimum value.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar The Passive

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Grammar The Passive Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar The Passive

Before, going to discuss passive, we should know about General English Sentence Structure. It is given by Subject + Verb + Object + Others.
All the ‘English sentences, generally, remain in this structure! Example: Tendulkar plays cricket every day. Here,

Subject – Tendulkar
Verb – plays
Object – cricket
Others – every day.

According to this structure, a sentence can remain in two forms, such as
(1) Active form, and
(2) Passive form.

When the subject does the work in a sentence i.e. Subject becomes active, it is called Active Forth. When the subject is not active i.e. the subject remains passive, it is called in Passive Form.
Example :
1. Tendulkar plays cricket every day. (It is in Active Form)
2. Cricket is played by Tendulkar every day. (It is in Passive Form).

In the 1st sentence, the subject Tendulkar is active because he is doing the work. Whereas in the second sentence, the subject Tendulkar is passive, because, he is actually not the subject, it is the object of the 1st form cricket becomes the subject in the second sentence. Hence, the object of the Active sentence becomes subject of the Passive one However, we should now say that only a Transitive Verb has a passive form, but an Intransitive Verb can’t be changed into Passive.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar The Passive

Transitive Verb :
A verb is transitive if the action does riot stop with the agent, but passes from the agent to something else. The word transitive means passing over.
Example:
Tendulkar plays cricket. Here, ‘Tendulkar plays’ does not make any sense until some object such as cricket has been expressed. The verb plays is therefore transitive.

Intransitive Verb :
A Verb is intransitive when the action stops with the agent and does not pass from the agent, to anything else.
Example: Birds fly.
Therefore, it is clear that only that sentence of Active form can be converted/ transformed into Passive form which has a subject, a verb and an object. In other words, only transitive verbs can be Changed into passive form.
Rules for conversion of Sentences: (From Active to Passive Form)
1. Replace the subject with the object (of the Active Form)
2. Use the relevant Auxiliary Verb (helping verb) + Past Participle form of the verb after the object.
3. Put ‘by’ after the third form of the verb.
4. Put the subject of the active after ‘By’. Change the subject of the Active as follows, if it is a Pronoun.

Active Form Passive Form
I me
We us
You you
He him
She her
It  it
They them
Whom  By whom

N:B: A sentence remaining in Perfect passive form either it may be in present tense or past tense whatever it may be.

Present Indefinite/Simple Present Tense:
If the active remains in simple present tense then we use is, am, or are as A.V. (Auxiliary Verb) and V.P.P. (Verb in Past Participle) to change into passive.
Examples :
1. Tendulkar plays cricket every day.
P- Cricket Is played by Tendulkar every day.
2. He eats a mango.
P- The mango is eaten by him.
3. You help me.
P- I am helped by you.
4. They buy their books.
P- Their books are bought by them.
5. The rich hate the poor.
P- The poor are hated by the rich.
6. Does he write the letter?
P- Is the letter written by him?
7. Do they play cricket?
P- Is cricket played by them?
8. Do they attend the classes?
P- Are the classes attended by them?
9. Does she beat you?
P- Are you beaten by her?
10. Who abuses you?
P- By whom are you abused?

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar The Passive

Structural Formula For This Form:
object+A.V (is, am or are) + V.P.P. + Others (for general form)
A.V. (is, am or are)+ object + V.P.P. + others (for question form)

Present Progressive/Continuous Form:
Changing Process:
1) Object
2) Use is, am or are’ (according to object)
3) Use being.
4) V.P.P.
5) Others,

Examples:
1. He is carrying his bag.
P- His bag is being carried by him.
2. She is writing the letter today.
P- The letters are being written by her today.
3. Are they singing songs?
P- Are the song being sung by them?
4. He is cheating us.
P- We are being cheated by him
5. Who is disturbing you?
P- By whom are you being disturbed?

Structural Formula:
(object + A.V. (is, are or am) + being + V.P.P. + Others.
In case of question sentence, the object + A.V. becomes, A.V + obj.

Present Perfect Tense:
Changing Process:
1) Object.
2) Use A.V. ‘has’ or ‘have’ according to object.
3) Use been.
4) V.P.P.
5) Others.
Examples :
1. I have solved the sums.
P- The sums have been solved by me.
2. We have bought a car.
P- A car has been bought by us.
3. Have you won the race?
P- Has the race, been won by you?
4. Has he bought the books?
P- Have the books been bought by him?
5. Who has torn your shirt?
P- By whom has your shirt been tom?

Structural Formula for this form:
object+A.V. (has or, have) + been + V.P.P. + Others (for general form)
A.V. (has or have)+ object+ been+ V.P.P. + Others (for question form)

Past Indefinite/Simple Past Tense:
Changing Process :
1) Object.
2) A.V. (was or were) according to object
3) V.P.P.
4) Others.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar The Passive

Examples:
1. He wrote a letter.
P- A letter was written by him.
2. She bought the books.
P- The books were bought by her.
3. Did you play hockey?
P- Was- hockey played by you?
4. Did she pluck the flowers?
P- Were, the flowers plucked by her?
5. Who broke the window pane?
P- By whom was the window pane broken?

Structural Formula:
Object + A.V. (was or were)- V.P.P. Others (for general form)
A.V (was or were)- object-8- V.P.P. Others (for question form).

Past Progressive /Continuous Tense:
Changing Process:
1) Object
2) Use A.V. (was or were) according to object.
3) Use being.
4) V.P.P
5) Others.

Examples :
1. He was driving his car.
p. His car was being driven by him.
2 They were biting their nails.
P- The letters are being written by her today.
3. Was she cleaning room?
P- Was the room being cleaned by her.
4. Was he growing the plants?
P- Were the plants being grown by him?
5. Who was scolding her?
P- By whom was she being scolded?

Structural Formula:
Object + A V.(was, were) +V.P.P+ others (for general form).
A.V. (was or Were) + object+ being + V.P.P. + Others (for question form)

Past Perfect Tense:
Changing Process:
1) Object,
2) Use had,
3) Use been,
4) V.P.P.,
5) Others.

Examples:
1. He had run a race.
P- A race had been run by him.
2. They had thrown the ball.
P- The ball had been thrown by them.
3. Had he ironed his clothes?
P- Had his clothes been ironed by him?
4. Had Veena bought a saree?
P- Had a saree been bought by Veena?
5. Who had used my scooter?
P- By whom had my scooter been used?

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar The Passive

Structural Formula:
Object + A.V.(had) + been + V.P.P. + Others, (for general sentence)
A.V (had) + Object + been +V:P.P. + Others (for question sentence)
Future Time:
In future time, with shall or will or going to we use be in the passive.

Examples:
1. He will help you.
P- You will be helped by him.
2. They will support us.
P- We shall be supported by them,
3. Will she teach us?
P- Shall we be taught by her?
4. Shall we do this?
P- Will this be done by us?
5, Who will worship him?
P- By whom will, he be worshipped?
6. I am going to attend the meeting.
P- The meeting is going to be attended by me.

Modal Auxiliaries:
In case of an active form with Modal Auxiliary, such as sentence with will, shall, would, should, can, could, may, might, ought to etc., we use be impassive form.

Changing Process:
1) Object
2) Modal Auxiliary (can, could, may, should etc.)
3) Use ‘be’
4) V.P.P.
5) Others

Examples:
1. He can do this.
P- This can be done by him.
2. They should help me.
P- I should be helped by them.
3. Hari ought to attend the meeting.
P- The meeting ought to be attended by Hari.
4. Can she run five km?
P- Can five km be run by her?
5. Who can do this?
P- By whom can this be done?

Structural Formula:
Object + Modal Auxiliaiy (can, could, may etc:) + be + V.P.P.+ Others (general form).
Modal Auxiliary + object + be + V.P.P. + Others (Question Form).

Question-Word Sentences, Un-Question Sentences:
Changing Process:
1) Write the un-question word (what, whom, why etc.)
2) A.V. according to the sentence.
3) Object.
4) V.P.P.
5) Others.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar The Passive

Examples:
1. What is She sewing?
P- What is being sewn by her?
2. When do we start our journey?
P- When is our journey started by us?
3. Who can do this?
1P- Who can this be done by?
2P- By whom can this be done?
4. Why have he given this?
P- Why has this been given by him?
5. How have you Solved this Slim?
P- How has this sum been solved by you?
6. What caused the crack?
P- What was the crack, caused by?
7. Whom did you call?
P- Who was called by you?
8. Which present did you buy
P- Which present was bought by you?
9. Who helped her?
1P- By whom was she helped?
2P- Who was she helped by?

Structural Formula:
wh-word + A.V. + Object + V.P.P. + Others.

Imperative Sentences:
In case of imperative sentence, we use let… be… in the passive form.

Changing Process:
1) Use ‘let’,
2) Use Object,
3) Use ‘be’,
4) V.P.P,
5) Others.

Examples:
1. Do it.
P- Let it be done.
2. Close the door.
P- Let the door be closed.
3. Post the letters today.
P- Let the letters be posted today.
4. Pluck the flowers immediately.
P- Let the flowers be plucked immediately.
5. Go through the novel minutely.
P- Let the novel be gone thoroughly minutely.
6. Work out the sums now.
P- Let the sums be worked out now.
7. Do exercises every day.
P- Let exercises be done every day.
8. Attend the examination in time.
P- Let the exam, be attended in time.
9. .Respect your teachers.
P- Let .your teachers be respected.
10. Don’t laugh at the poor.
P- Let the poor be not laughed at.
Structural Formula: Let + Object + be + V.P.P. + Others

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar The Passive

Passive Form of Infinitive:
When is to am to are to, has to, have to, had to, etc. are present in an active, we use ‘be’ in passive.

Changing Process:
1) Object,
2) be 3- to according to the object,
3) Use be,
4) V.P.P.
5) Others.

Examples:
1. He has to do this.
P- This has to be done by him.
2. They have to buy these books.
P- These books have to be bought by them.
3. He is to attend the classes.
P- The classes are to be attended by him.
4. I am to do the sums.
P- The sums are to be done by me.
5. He was to pay the money.
P- The money was to be paid by him.
6. They were to organise the picnic.
P- The picnic was to be organised by them.
7. He had to complete the work.
P- The work had to be completed by him.
8. They are to buy a car.
P- A car is to be bought by them.
9. We have to meet our Principal..
P- Our Principal has to be met by us.
10. Kamal was to run five kms.
P- Five kms. was to be run by Kamal.

Structure Formula:
Object + (is to, am to, are to, etc.) + be + V.P.P. + Others.

Double Object Form:
When two objects are present in the active, we can use one of the objects to change into passive. One object is called animate object and the other one is called an inanimate object. But when we use the inanimate object as the subject of the passive form, we have to use preposition ‘to’ before the animate object in the sentence.

Examples:
1. He gave me (animate object) a pen. (inanimate object).
P1- I was given a pen by him.
P2- A pen was given to me by him.
2. Our Principal distributed the prizes.
P1- We were distributed prizes by our Principal.
P2- The prizes were distributed to us by our Principal.
3. My uncle has presented me a car.
P1- I have been presented a car by my uncle.
P2- A car has been presented to me by my uncle.
4. They are offering me a good job.
P1- I am being offered a good job by them.
P2- A good job is being offered to me by them.
5. The Company supplies us perfect goods.
P1- We are supplied perfect goods by the Company.
P2- Perfect goods are supplied to us by the Company.
6. The postman delivers him a letter.
P1- He is delivered a letter by the postman.
P2- A letter is delivered to him by the postman.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar The Passive

Structural Formula:
1. Object + A.V. + V.P.P. + to + others (for inanimate object as subject)
2. Qbject+A.V. + V.P.P. + Others (for animate object as subject).

Special Rule in Passive Form:
1) By is not used in the passive form. Examples:
1. Your honesty pleases me.
P- I am pleased with your honesty.
2. My remark offended him.
P- He was offended at my remark.
3. Social service interests her.
P- She is interested in social service.
4. Her behaviour vexes met
P- I am vexed at her behaviour.
5. This glass contains milk.
P- Miik is contained in this glass.
6. They have declared the result.
P- The result has been declared.
7. The police arrested the thief.
P- The thief was arrested.
8. They are punishing the children.
P- The children are being published.
9. They have defeated the enemy.
P- The enemy has been defeated.
10. My performance amazed her.
P- She was amazed at my performance.
11. Hortey tastes sweet.
P- Honey is sweet to be tested.
12. All say that he is honest.
P- It is said that he is honest.
13. He says that- he has to do this.
P- He says that this has to be done.
14. He was compelled to do this.
A- Circumstances compelled hint to do this.
15. He was killed.
A- Someone killed him.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Tense and Aspect

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Grammar Tense and Aspect Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Tense and Aspect

What is a Tense?
A ‘Tense’ refers to a verb form or series of verb forms which expresses/express a time relation. Let us consider a verb ‘write’ The verb ‘write’ has two forms.
1) Present form ‘write’
2) Past form ‘wrote’

Therefore, according to these two forms, Tense can be classified into two types, such as
1) Present Tense,
2) Past Tense.

There is no future tense, as there is a verb form of future. Let us consider these sentences.
1) He will do the work tomorrow.
2) I shall attend the meeting tomorrow.

Then, what about these sentence sentences. Actually these sentences are in future time. Because, shall, will etc. are the symbol of future time. These sentences imply that the subjects are going to do a work in future time. Hence, due to lack of verb form, it is not called future tense, but it is called Future Time.

Mark these sentences :
1. Tendulkar plays cricket every day.
2. Tendulkar is playing cricket today.
3. Tendulkar has played cricket.
4. Tendulkar has been playing cricket for the last twenty years. In the above sentences, the verb forms are different.
In sentence -1 – ‘plays’.
In sentence -2 – ‘is playing
In sentence -3 – ‘has played’
In sentence -4 – ‘has been playing’

According to these different verb forms, each tense is divided into four different forms.
1) Present/past Indefinite (simple).
2) Present/past continuous.
3) Present/past perfect.
4) Present/past perfect continuous.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Tense and Aspect

1. Symbols of simple present
The main verb in present form ‘s’ or ‘es’ attached to it.
Example: He writes a letter.
2. Symbols of Present Progressive/ Continuous- is/am/are + M.V.+ing.
3. Symbols of Present Perfect- has/have+V.P.P.
4. Symbols of Present Perfect- has been/have been+M.V.+ing.
5. Symbols of Simple Past- M.V. in past form, or did:
6. Symbols of -Past Progressive/

Continuous was/were+MV+ing.
7. Symbols of Past Perfect- had+.V.P.P.
8. Symbols of Past Perfect Continuous had been + M.V.+ing.
1. In case of habitual work of subject, it refers to simple present or past according to time.
2. In case of continuity, it refers to Progressive or Continuous.
3. In case of completion of work, it refers to perfect.
4. In case of a long continuity of doing a work which is going on even today, it- refers to Perfect Continuous.

A. Fill in the blanks with the correct tense forms of the verbs given in the brackets.
1. The rose __________sweet, (smell)
2. What you__________now? (do)
3. At present I _________ a novel, (write)
4. I shall let you know when I ___________ (know)
5. How long you _________ for me. (wait)
6. Since when you _________here ? (be)
7. I _________what his name is. (forget)
8. I _________in this college since 1995.(teach)
9. I _________to pass this year, (try)
10. It _________ all the morning, (rain)
Answer:
1. The rose smells sweet.
2. What are you doing now.
3. At present I am writing a novel.
4. I shall let you know when I have none.
5. How long have you been waiting for me?
6. Since when have you been here?
7. I have forgotten what his name is.
8. I have been teaching in this college since 1995.
9. I am trying to pass this year.
10. It has been raining all the morning.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Tense and Aspect

B. Fill in the blanks with suitable forms of verbs given in the brackets.
1. The patient __________ before the doctor came, (die)
2. The bridge collapsed when the bus __________ on it. (move)
3. When Reena __________Meerta was dancing, (sing)
4. What you ___________when I rang up ? (do)
5. The children ran away, when they _________the police, (see).
6. I wish I _________ a bird. (be)
7. I wish I __________ in the exam. (pass)
8. He _________ to me just now. (telephone)
9. The man died because, he _________medicine, (not take)
10.I could not recognise him, because I___________ him before. (not see)
11. He looked as if he _________for many days. (not wash)
12. From morning to night I (read) __________ a novel.
13. I came in white he __________T.V (watch)
14. It _________last year that we went to Puri.(be)
15. Until the teacher _________ the students could not understand. (explain)
Answer:
1. The patient had died before the doctor came.
2. The bridge collapsed when the bus was moving on it.
3. When Reena was singing, Meena was dancing.
4. What were you doing when I rang up.
5. The children ran away when they saw the police.
6. I wish I were a bird.
7. I wish I had passed in the examination.
8. He telephoned to me just riots.
9. The man died because he did not take medicine.
10. I could not recognize him because I had not seen him before.
11. He looked as if he had not washed for many days.
12. From morning to night, I was reading a novel.
13. I came in while he was watching TV.
14. It was last year that we wen£ to Puri.
15. Until the teacher had. explained, the students could not understand.

C. Fill in the blank spaces with suitable tense forms with the verbs., given in the brackets.
1. When I reach home, it _________ (rain)
2. We__________till he comes. (wait).
3. They _________ here tomorrow, (be)
4. I _________my reading by the time he returns, (finish)
5. Who _________the letter now? (post)
6. If I help you, you _________ (help)
7. I_________two lessons by then, (complete)
8. He__________ his degree in two years time. (take)
Answer:
1. When I reach home, it will be raining.
2. We stall wait, till he comes.
3. They will be here tomorrow.
4. I shall have finished my reading by the time he returns.
5. Who will post the letter now?
6. If I help you, you will help me,
7. I shall have completed two lessons by then.
8. He will have taken his degree in two years time.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Tense and Aspect

D. Fill in the blanks with correct tense fourth of the verbs given in the brackets.
1. Mr. Dash just _________ (resign)
2. You can go home if you _________ your study. (finish)
3. You _________ my friend yesterday? (meet)
4. Father _________ a bar next week, (buy)
5. Akash _________ to college every day, but today he _________ to Cuttack.
6. Unless he invites me I _________ to his party. (not go)
7. I _________ him if I were you. (kill)
8. The report already_________ that you at fault. (prove,, be)
9. He told me that he _________him there, (not see)
10. The man ___________ to be mad. (appear)
11. The boy jumped off the bus when it ___________. (more)
12. If you had invited me, I _________ your party. (attend)
13. I wish I _________ a bird.
14. He ________the circus if he had been here, (see)
Answer:
1. Mr. Dash has just resigned.
2. You can go home if you have finished your study.
3. Did you meet my friend yesterday?
4. Father is going to buy a new car next week.
5. Akash goes to college every day, but today he is going to Cuttack.
6. Unless he invites me I shall not go to his party.
7. I would kill him if I were you.
8. The report has already proved that you are at fault.
9. He told me that he had not seen him there.
10. The man appears to be mad.
11. The boy jumped off the bus when it was moving.
12. If you had invited me, I would have attended your party.
13. I wish I were a bird.
14. He could have seen if he had been here.

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 ଅମ୍ଳ, କ୍ଷାରକ ଓ ଲବଣ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 ଅମ୍ଳ, କ୍ଷାରକ ଓ ଲବଣ will enable students to study smartly.

BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 ଅମ୍ଳ, କ୍ଷାରକ ଓ ଲବଣ

→ ଉପକ୍ରମ (Introduction):
(i) ଅମ୍ଳ (Acids) ର ସାଧାରଣ ଗୁଣ:

  • ଅମ୍ଳ ପାଟିକୁ ଖଟା ଲାଗେ । ଏହା ନୀଳ ଲିଟ୍‌ସ୍‌କୁ ଲାଲ୍ କରିଦିଏ ।
  • କଞ୍ଚା ଆମ୍ବ, ଲେମ୍ବୁ, ପାଚି ନ ଥ‌ିବା ଅଙ୍ଗୁର, ଦହି ଓ ଭିନେଗାର ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରେ ଅମ୍ଳ ଥିବା ଯୋଗୁଁ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପାଟିକୁ ଖଟା ଲାଗେ ।
  • ଏହା କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ଗୁଣର ପ୍ରଭାବକୁ ପ୍ରତିହତ (Nullify) କରିଥାଏ ।

(ii) କ୍ଷାରକର ସାଧାରଣ ଗୁଣ:

  • କ୍ଷାରକ ପାଟିକୁ ଖାରିଆ ଲାଗେ । ଏହା ଲାଲ୍ ଲିଟ୍‌ସ୍‌କୁ ନୀଳ କରିଦିଏ ।
  • ସାବୁନ, ଧୋଇବା ସୋଡ଼ା ଓ ଚୂନ ଆଦିରେ କ୍ଷାରକ ଥାଏ ।
  • ଏହା ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଗୁଣର ପ୍ରଭାବକୁ ପ୍ରତିହତ କରିଥାଏ ।

(iii) ଆମର ଖାଦ୍ୟ ହଜମ ନ ହେବା ଫଳରେ ପାକସ୍ଥଳୀରେ ଅତ୍ୟଧିକ ଅମ୍ଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ଯୋଗୁଁ ଜଳାପୋଡ଼ା ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଅମ୍ଳଜନୀତ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାରୁ ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ଯୋଗୁଁ ବେକିଙ୍ଗ ସୋଡ଼ାର ଦ୍ରବଣ ବା ପ୍ରତିଅମ୍ଳ (antacid) ବଟିକା ଖାଇଥାଉ । ଏଣୁ ପ୍ରତିଅମ୍ଳ ବଟିକା କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ପାକସ୍ଥଳୀରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଅତ୍ୟଧିକ ଅମ୍ଳକୁ ପ୍ରଶମିତ କରିଥାଏ ।

(iv) ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାର ରାସାୟନିକ ଭାବେ ପରସ୍ପର ବିପରୀତ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।

(v) କେତେକ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକ ସଂକ୍ଷରକ ଅଟନ୍ତି ଓ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଶରୀରର ବିଭିନ୍ନ କ୍ଷତି କରିପାରନ୍ତି ।

(vi) ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକକୁ ଚିହ୍ନିବା ପାଇଁ ଲିଟମସ୍ କାଗଜ ଓ ହଳଦୀ ଆଦି ସୂଚକ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

(vii) ଲିସ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ:

  • ଲିଟ୍‌ମସ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଏକ ନୀଳ ଲୋହିତ ରଞ୍ଜକ । ଏହା ଥାଲୋଫାଇଟା ଶ୍ରେଣୀର ଶୈବାଳିକା (Lichen)ରୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଏହା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସୂଚକ ଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ହଳଦୀ ସେହି ପ୍ରକାରର ଏକ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ସୂଚକ (Indicator) ଅଟେ ।
  • ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରିବା ପାଇଁ ମିଥାଇଲ ଅରେଞ୍ଜ୍ ଓ ଫେନଲ୍‌ଫ୍‌ଲିନ ପରି ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷିତ ସୂଚକଗୁଡ଼ିକ (Synthetic indicator) ମଧ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଯେତେବେଳେ ଲିଗ୍‌ମସ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ କିମ୍ବା କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ନୁହେଁ, ସେତେବେଳେ ଏହାର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନୀଳ ଲୋହିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(iv) ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଅମ୍ଳ-କ୍ଷାରକ ସୂଚକ:
ଅମ୍ଳ – ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ଲାଲ୍ ବନ୍ଧାକୋବି ପତ୍ର, ହଳଦୀ, କେତେକ ଫୁଲ (ହାଇଡ୍ରାନ୍‌ଜିଆ, ପେଟୁନିଆ ଓ ଜେରାନିୟମ୍)ର ପାଖୁଡ଼ା ପ୍ରଭୃତି ଅନେକ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ପଦାର୍ଥ ରହିଛି ଯାହା ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରର ଉପସ୍ଥିତି ସୂଚାଇଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଅମ୍ଳ-କ୍ଷାରକ (Acid-base) ସୂଚକ କହନ୍ତି ।

→ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକର ରାସାଶନିକ ଧର୍ମ (Chemical Properties of Acids and Bases):

→ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକର ଧାତୁ ସହ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା (Reactions of Acids and Bases with Metals):
(A) ଧାତୁର ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା – ଧାତୁ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ । ଧାତୁ ଅମ୍ଳରୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌- ଅପସାରଣ କରି ଅମ୍ଳର ଅବଶିଷ୍ଟ ଅଂଶ ସହ ମିଶି ଏକ ଯୌଗିକ ଗଠନ କରେ, ଏହାକୁ ଲବଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

ଉଦାହରଣ :

  • ଧାତୁ + ଅମ୍ଳ – → ଲବଣ + ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍
    Zn + H2SO4 (dil) → ZnSO4 + H2
  • କେତେକ ଧାତୁ କ୍ଷାର ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରନ୍ତି ।
    Zn (ଧାତୁ) + 2NaOH (କ୍ଷାରକ) → Na2ZnO2 + H2 (ସୋଡିୟମ୍‌ ଜିକେଟ୍ ଲବଣ)
  • ସମସ୍ତ ଧାତୁ ସହିତ ଏହି ଧରଣର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସମ୍ଭବ ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 ଅମ୍ଳ, କ୍ଷାରକ ଓ ଲବଣ

→ ଚୂନପାଣି ଓ ଅଙ୍ଗାରକାମ୍ଳ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା:
ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କାର୍ବନ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌କୁ ଚୂନପାଣି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଇଲେ ଧଳା ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍‌ର ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଫଳରେ ଚୂନପାଣି ଦୁଧୂରଙ୍ଗ ଧାରଣ କରେ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-1
ଅଧିକ କାର୍ବନ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଚୂନପାଣି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଇଲେ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ବାଇକାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ । ଏହା ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ଅଟେ । ଫଳରେ ଦୁଧୂଅ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଲୋପପାଏ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-2

(a) ଧାତବ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍‌ର ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :
ଚୂନପଥର (lime stone), ଚକ୍ (chalk) ଓ ମାର୍ବଲ କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମର ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ରୂପ ଅଟେ । ସମସ୍ତ ଧାତବ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ସହ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ, ଜଳ ଓ ଅଙ୍ଗାରକାମ୍ଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।
ଧାତବ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ + ଅମ୍ଳ → ଲବଣ + ବଲ + ଅଙ୍ଗ|ରକାମ୍ଳ ଖ୍ୟାସ୍
Na2CO3 + 2HCI → 2NaCl + H2O + CO2

(b) ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ ଧାତବ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା:
ସମସ୍ତ ଧାତବ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହିତ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ସଂପୃକ୍ତ ଲବଣ, କାର୍ବନ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ ଓ ଜଳ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
ଧାତବ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ + ଅମ୍ଳ → ଲବଣ + କାର୍ବନ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ + ଜଳ
NaHCO3 (s) + HCl (aq) → NaCl (aq) + CO2 (g) + H2O (l)

କ୍ଷାରକର ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :
ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକ ପରସ୍ପର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ ଓ ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରନ୍ତି । ଏଥ‌ିରେ ଉଭୟ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଧର୍ମ ହରାଇଥା’ନ୍ତି । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଗୁଣ ଓ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ଗୁଣ ଲୋପ ପାଏ । ଏପରି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ପ୍ରଶମନୀକରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

→ ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଅମ୍ଳ ସହିତ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା (Reaction of Metallic Oxides with Acids) :
ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ଲବଣ ଓ ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ଼ + ଅମ୍ଳ → ଲବଣ + ଜଳ

→ ଅଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର କ୍ଷାରକ ସହିତ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା (Reaction of a Non-metallic Oxide with Base):
ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ଲବଣ ଓ ଜଳ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ । ଏହି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ୍ଷାରକ ଓ ଅମ୍ଳ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଘଟୁଥ‌ିବା ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ ସମାନ । ତେଣୁ ଅଧାତବ ଅକସାଇଡ଼ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-3

ସମସ୍ତ ଅମ୍ଳ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଏବଂ ସମସ୍ତ କ୍ଷାରକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସମାନତା (Similarity between acids and bases):

  • ଅମ୍ଳଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଧାତୁ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ସମସ୍ତ ଅମ୍ଳରେ ରହିଥ‌ିବା ପରି ମନେହୁଏ, କିନ୍ତୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଥିବା ସମସ୍ତ ଯୌଗିକ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ନୁହଁନ୍ତି ।
  • ଅମ୍ଳଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଆୟନ, H+(aq) ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରନ୍ତି । ଏହି H+ (aq) (କ୍ୟାଟାୟନ) ଆୟନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପଦାର୍ଥର ଅମ୍ଳୀୟଗୁଣ ପାଇଁ ଦାୟୀ । ଏଣୁ ଆୟନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦ୍ବାରା ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • କ୍ଷାରକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଜଳରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ OH(aq) ଆୟନ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରନ୍ତି । ଏହି OH(aq) ଆୟନରେ ଉପସ୍ଥିତି ଦ୍ଵାରା କ୍ଷାରକର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରିଥାଏ ।

→ ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକର ପ୍ରଭାବ (Effect of acids and bases on water solution) :
ଜଳ ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ HCIରୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଆୟନ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଜଳ ଅନୁପସ୍ଥିତିରେ HCl ଅଣୁରୁ H+ ଆୟନ ଅଲଗା ହୋଇପାରେ ନାହିଁ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-4

→ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକର ପ୍ରଶମନ1ଜରଣ (Neutralisation of Acids & Bases):
ଅମ୍ଳଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଜଳରେ H+(aq) ଆୟନ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକଗୁଡ଼ିକ (OH)(aq) ଆୟନ ଦେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ।
ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଆୟନ ବା ହାଇଡ୍ରିକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଆୟନ ଏକାଠି ହୋଇ ଅଣଆୟନୀୟ ଅଣୁ ଗଠନ କରନ୍ତି । ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରଶମନୀକରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

→ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା:
ଅମ୍ଳ + କ୍ଷାରକ → ଲବ୍ରଣ + ଜଳ
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-5

  • ଅମ୍ଳ ବା କ୍ଷାରକ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହେବା ଏକ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ ।
  • ଜଳରେ ଅମ୍ଳ ବା କ୍ଷାରକ ମିଶାଇବାଦ୍ଵାରା ଏକକ ଆୟତନ ପ୍ରତି H3O+ ବା OH ଆୟନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଗାଢ଼ତା କମିଯାଏ ।
  • ଏହିପରି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଲଘୁକରଣ (Dilution) କୁହାଯାଏ ଏବଂ ଅମ୍ଳ ବା କ୍ଷାରକ ଲଘୁକୃତ (Diluted) ହେଲା ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 ଅମ୍ଳ, କ୍ଷାରକ ଓ ଲବଣ

→ ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକ ଦ୍ରବଣର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ :

  • ଲଘୁକରଣ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ H+ କିମ୍ବା OH ଆୟନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଗାଢ଼ତା ହ୍ରାସ ପାଇଥାଏ । ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଏହି ଆୟନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପରିମାଣ ଜାଣିବାପାଇଁ ଏକ ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସୂଚକ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସୂଚକ କେତେଗୁଡ଼ିଏ ସୂଚକର ମିଶ୍ରଣ ଅଟେ । ବିଭିନ୍ନ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଆୟନ ଗାଢ଼ତା ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଦ୍ରବଣ ସହିତ ମିଶିଲେ ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ ସୂଚକ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ବର୍ଷ ଧାରଣ କରେ ।
  • କୌଣସି ଦ୍ରବଣର ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଆୟନ୍ ଗାଢ଼ତା ମାପ କରିବା ପାଇଁ pH ସ୍କେଲ ନାମରେ ଏକ ସ୍କେଲର ବିକାଶ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

→ pH କ’ ଣ ?

  • pH ହେଉଛି ଏକ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଯାହା ଏକ ଦ୍ରବଣର ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ କିମ୍ବା କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ପ୍ରକୃତିକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।
  • କୌଣସି ଦ୍ରବଣର ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ଆୟନ ଗାଢ଼ତା ମାପ କରିବା ପାଇଁ PH ସ୍କେଲ୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ଜର୍ମାନ ଶବ୍ଦ ‘Potenz’ ରୁ pHର ‘p’ ଅକ୍ଷର ଆସିଛି । ‘Potenz’ର ଅର୍ଥ ହେଲା କ୍ଷମତା (Power)
  • pH ସ୍କେଲ୍‌ରେ pHର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ‘୦’ (ଅତ୍ୟଧିକ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ)ରୁ pH 14 ( ଅତ୍ୟଧ୍ୱ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ) ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ରହିଥାଏ ।
  • ଏକ ପ୍ରଶମିତ ଦ୍ରବଣ (Neutral Solution)ର pH ହେଉଛି 7 ।
  • pH ସ୍କେଲରେ pH ମୂଲ୍ୟ 7 ରୁ କମ୍ ହେଲେ ଦ୍ରବଣଟି ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ସେହିପରି pH ମୂଲ୍ୟ 7ରୁ 14 ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ରହିଲେ ଦ୍ରବଣଟି କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଦ୍ରବଣରେ H+ ଆୟନର ଗାଢ଼ତା ବଢ଼ିଲେ ଦ୍ରବଣର ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ପ୍ରକୃତି ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଥାଏ । ସେହିପରି ଦ୍ରବଣର OH ଆୟନର ଗାଢ଼ତା ବଢ଼ିଲେ ଦ୍ରବଣର କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ପ୍ରକୃତି ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଥାଏ ।
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-6
  • H‍+(ag) ଓ OH(ag) ଆୟନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଗାଢ଼ତାର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ସହିତ pHର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ

→ ତୈନଦିନ ଜାବନରେ pHର ଗ୍ରରୁତ୍ଵ (Importance of pH in everyday life):

  • ଆମ ଶରୀର pH 7.0ରୁ 7.8 ପରିସରରେ କାମ କରିଥାଏ ।
  • ଜୀବ ଓ ଉଭିଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ (Living Organisms) କେବଳ ଏକ ସଂକୀର୍ଣ୍ଣ pH ପରିସରରେ ବଞ୍ଚରନ୍ତି ।

(A) ଅମ୍ଳବର୍ଷା (Acid rain):

  • ବର୍ଷା ଜଳର pH 5.6 ରୁ କମ୍ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ତାକୁ ଅମ୍ଳବର୍ଷା (Acid rain) କୁହାଯାଏ । ଏହି ଅମ୍ଳବର୍ଷା ପାଣି ଯେତେବେଳେ ବୋହିଯାଇ ନଦୀରେ
  • ମିଶେ, ନଦୀ ଜଳର pH କମିଯାଏ । ଏହାଫଳରେ ନଦୀରେ ଜଳଚର ଜୀବ (Aquatic life) ମାନଙ୍କର ବଞ୍ଚିବା କଷ୍ଟକର ହୋଇପଡ଼େ ।
  • ଶୁକ୍ର (Venus) ଗ୍ରହର ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳ ସଫ୍ୟୁରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ବହଳିଆ ଧଳା-ହଳଦିଆ ବାଦଲରେ ଗଠିତ ।

(B) ପରିପାକ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥାରେ pH ( pH in our digestive system):

  • ଆମର ପାକସ୍ଥଳୀ (Stomach) ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ (HCI) ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରେ ।
  • ଏହା ପାକସ୍ଥଳୀର କୌଣସି କ୍ଷତି ନ କରି ଖାଦ୍ୟ ହଜମ ହେବାରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ ।
  • ଅଜୀର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସମୟରେ ପାକସ୍ଥଳୀ ଅତ୍ୟଧିକ ଅମ୍ଳ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରିଥାଏ ଏବଂ ଏହା ପେଟ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଓ ଅସୁସ୍ଥିର କାରଣ ହୁଏ ।
  • ଏହି ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାରୁ ଉପଶମ ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ କ୍ଷାରକ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରତି-ଅମ୍ଳ (Antacid) କୁହାଯାଏ ।
  • ଏହି ପ୍ରତି ଅମ୍ଳଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅତ୍ୟଧିକ ଅମ୍ଳକୁ ପ୍ରଶମନ କରନ୍ତି । ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ( ମିଲକ୍ ଅଫ୍ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିଆ) ଏକ ପ୍ରତି ଅମ୍ଳ (କ୍ଷାରକ)ର ଉଦାହରଣ ଅଟେ ।

(C) pH ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଦାନ୍ତକ୍ଷନ୍ଧାର କାରଣ (pH Change as the cause of tooth decay) :

  • ଦାନ୍ତର ବହିରାବରଣ (Tooth enamel) କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଫସଫେଟ୍‌ରେ ଗଠିତ । ଏହା ଶରୀର ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସବୁଠାରୁ ଶକ୍ତ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଓ ଏହା ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।
  • ପାଟିର pH 5.5 ରୁ କମ୍ ହେଲେ ଦନ୍ତକ୍ଷୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଖାଇସାରିବା ପରେ ପାଟିରେ ଲାଗି ରହିଥ‌ିବା ମିଠା ଜିନିଷ ଓ ଖାଦ୍ୟ କଣିକାକୁ ପାଟିର ବୀଜାଣୁ (Bacteria) ନିମ୍ନକରଣ (Degradation) କରି ଅମ୍ଳରେ ପରିଣତ କରନ୍ତି । ଏହାଫଳରେ ପାଟିର pH 5.5 ରୁ କମ୍ ହୋଇଯାଏ ।
  • ଏହାର ପ୍ରତିକାର ପାଇଁ ସର୍ବୋତ୍ତମ ଉପାୟ ହେଉଛି ଖାଇସାରିବା ପରେ ପାଟିକୁ ଭଲଭାବରେ ଧୋଇଦେବା ।
  • ଟୁଥ୍ପେଷ୍ଟ, ସାଧାରଣତଃ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ । ଏହାକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଦାନ୍ତ ଘଷିଲେ ପାଟିର ଅମ୍ଳ କମିଯିବ ଏବଂ ଦନ୍ତକ୍ଷୟକୁ ନିବାରଣ କରିହେବ ।

(D) ରାସାୟନିକ ଯୁଦ୍ଧ ଜରିଆରେ ପ୍ରାଣୀ ଏବଂ ଉଭିଦର ଆତ୍ମରକ୍ଷା (Self defence by Animals and Plants through Chemical warfare):

  • ମହୁମାଛିର ଦଂଶନରେ ଏକ ଅମ୍ଳ ଆମ ଶରୀରକୁ ଆସି ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଓ ଜ୍ଵାଳାର କାରଣ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଖାଇବାସୋଡ଼ା (Baking Soda) ପରି ମୃଦୁ କ୍ଷାରକ ଦଂଶନ ସ୍ଥଳରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କଲେ ଉପଶମ ମିଳିଥାଏ ।
  • ବିଛୁଆତି ପତ୍ରର ଆଂଶୁ ଦେହରେ ଫୋଡ଼ି ହୋଇଗଲେ ମିଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ (ଫରମିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍) ଶରୀର ମଧ୍ୟକୁ ଆସିଥାଏ । ଏହା ଜଳାପୋଡ଼ା ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାର କାରଣ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଏହାର ଏକ ପାରମ୍ପରିକ ଉପଚାର ହେଉଛି – ଫୋଡ଼ି ହୋଇ ଯାଇଥିବା ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ‘ଡକ୍‌ପ୍ଲାଣ୍ଟ’ ପତ୍ରରେ ଘଷିଲେ ଉପଶମ ମିଳିଥାଏ ।
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-7

→ ପ୍ରକୃତିଲତ୍ଵ ପ୍ରଣମନ1କାରଣ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା :

  • ବିଛୁଆତି (Nettle) ଏକ ଲତାଜାତୀୟ ଉଦ୍ଭିଦ । ଏହାର ଆଂଶଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଦେହକୁ ଫୋଡ଼ି ପକାଏ ଓ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦିଏ ।
  • ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକରୁ ନିଃସୃତ ହେଉଥୁବା ମିଥାନୋଇକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ହିଁ ଏହି ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାର କାରଣ ।
  • ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ହେଉଥିବା ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଡକ୍ . ପ୍ଲାଣ୍ଟ ପତ୍ର ଘସିଲେ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାର ଉପଶମ ମିଳିଥାଏ । କାରଣ ଡକ୍‌ପ୍ଲାଣ୍ଟ ପତ୍ରର ପ୍ରକୃତି କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 ଅମ୍ଳ, କ୍ଷାରକ ଓ ଲବଣ

→ ଲବଣର ପରିବାର (Family of Salts) :
ଅମ୍ଳ ଓ କ୍ଷାରକ ପରସ୍ପରକୁ ପ୍ରଶମିତ କରିବା ଫଳରେ ଲବଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
ଅମ୍ଳ + କ୍ଷାରକ → ଲବଣ + ଜଳ
ଲବଣ ଏକ ଆୟନୀୟ ଯୌଗିକ ଯାହା ଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ ଆୟନ ଓ ବିଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ ଆୟନ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।

ଲବଣଗୁଡ଼ିକର pH (pH of Salts):

  • ଗୋଟିଏ ସବଳ ଅମ୍ଳ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ସବଳ କ୍ଷାରକରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଲବଣର pH ମୂଲ୍ୟ 7 ଏବଂ ଏହା ଅମ୍ଳ-କ୍ଷାର ଗୁଣ ବିହୀନ ଅଟେ ।
  • ଗୋଟିଏ ସବଳ ଅମ୍ଳ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ଦୁର୍ବଳ କ୍ଷାରକରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଲବଣ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଅଟେ ଏବଂ ଏହାର pH ମୂଲ୍ୟ 7ରୁ କମ୍ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଗୋଟିଏ ସବଳ କ୍ଷାରକ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ଦୁର୍ବଳ ଅମ୍ଳରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଲବଣ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ଅଟେ ଏବଂ ଏହାର pH ମୂଲ୍ୟ 7 ରୁ ଅଧ୍ଵ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

→ ଖାଇବା ଲୁଣରୁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପଦାର୍ଥ (Chemicals from Common Salt) :

  • ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ଏବଂ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ମିଳିତ ହୋଇ ଯେଉଁ ଲୁଣ ବା ଲବଣ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରନ୍ତି ତାକୁ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-8
  • ଦୈନନ୍ଦିନ ଜୀବନରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପାଦେୟ ଯୌଗିକ; ଯଥା – ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (NaOH), ଖାଇବା ପୋଡ଼ା
  • (NaHCO3), ଧୋଇବା ପୋଡା (Na2CO3), ବ୍ଲିଚିଂ ପାଉଡ଼ର (CaOCl2) ଆଦି ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରିବାରେ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ (NaCI) କୁ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

→ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (Sodium Hydroxide) :
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-9

  • MBD ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ସ୍ରୋତକୁ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣ [ ବ୍ରାଇନ୍ (Brine)] ମଧ୍ୟ ଦେଇ ପ୍ରବାହିତ କରାଇଲେ, ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ର ବିଘଟନଦ୍ୱାରା ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
  • ଏହି ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ କ୍ଲୋରଆଲ୍‌କାଲି ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ, କାରଣ ଉତ୍ପାଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଉଛି – କ୍ଲୋର୍ ( କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ ପାଇଁ) ଏବଂ ଆଲ୍‌କାଲି (ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ପାଇଁ ) ।
    2NaCl (aq) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH (aq) + Cl2 (g) + H2(g)
  • କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଏନୋଡ୍ଠାରେ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ କ୍ୟାଥୋଡ୍ଠାରେ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ।
  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ କ୍ୟାଥୋଡ୍ ନିକଟରେ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
  • ଏହି ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ତିନୋଟିଯାକ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉପଯୋଗୀ ଅଟେ । ଏହି ଉତ୍ପାଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଚିତ୍ରରେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

→ ବ୍ଲିଚିଂ ପାଉଡ଼ରକୁ (Bleaching Powder) (CaOCI2):
ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତି:

  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣ (ବ୍ରାଇନ୍)କୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ କଲେ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ । ଏହି କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ବ୍ଲିଚିଂ ପାଉଡ଼ର ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ଶୁଷ୍କ ଶମିତଚୂନ [Ca(OH)2] ସହିତ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟି କ୍ଲିଚିଂ ପାଉଡ଼ର ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
  • ବ୍ଲିଚିଂ ପାଉଡ଼ରକୁ CaOCI2 ଭାବରେ ଲେଖାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହାର ପ୍ରକୃତି ସଂରଚନା (Composition) ବାସ୍ତବରେ ଜଟିଳ ।
    Ca(OH)2 + Cl2 → CaOCl2 + H2O

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 ଅମ୍ଳ, କ୍ଷାରକ ଓ ଲବଣ

→ ବ୍ୟବହାର :

  • ବୟନ ଶିଳ୍ପରେ କପାସୂତା ଓ ଶଣ ବସ୍ତ୍ର (Linen)କୁ, କାଗଜ କଳରେ କାଠମଣ୍ଡକୁ ଏବଂ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀରେ ସଫା ଲୁଗାକୁ ବିରଂଜନ (Bleaching) କରିବା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ଲିଚିଂ ପାଉଡ଼ର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ଅନେକ ରାସାୟନିକ ଶିଳ୍ପରେ ଜାରକ ଭାବରେ କ୍ଲିଚିଂ ପାଉଡ଼ର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ଜୀବାଣୁ ନାଶକାରୀ (Disinfectant) ପଦାର୍ଥ ଭାବରେ ପାନୀୟ ଜଳକୁ ଜୀବାଣୁମୁକ୍ତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଏହାକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

→ ବେକିଙ୍ଗ୍ ବା ଖାଇବା ସୋଡ଼ା (Baking Soda) (NaHCO3):

  • ରୋଷେଇ ଘରେ ସୁସ୍ୱାଦୁ ମୁସୁମୁସିଆ ପକୁଡ଼ି ତିଆରି କରିବା ପାଇଁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଉଥିବା
  • ସୋଡ଼ା ହେଉଛି ବେକିଙ୍ଗ୍ ସୋଡ଼ା ବା ଖାଇବା ସୋଡ଼ା । ବେଳେବେଳେ ରନ୍ଧନକୁ ଦ୍ରୁତତର (Faster) କରିବା ପାଇଁ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହାକୁ ମିଶାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଏହି ଯୌଗିକର ରାସାୟନିକ ନାମ ହେଉଛି ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ (NaHCO3) ।
  • ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଉଥିବା କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ୍ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-10
  • ବେକିଙ୍ଗ୍ ସୋଡ଼ା ଏକ ମୃଦୁ (Mild) ଅସଂକ୍ଷାରକ (Non-corrosive) କ୍ଷାରକ । ରାନ୍ଧିବା ସମୟରେ ଏହାକୁ ଗରମ କଲେ, ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟେ –
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-11

→ ବ୍ୟବହାର :

  • ବେକିଙ୍ଗ୍ ପାଉଡ଼ର ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ବେକିଙ୍ଗ୍ ସୋଡ଼ା ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ବେକିଙ୍ଗ ସୋଡ଼ା (ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍) ଓ
  • ଟାର୍‌ଟାରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ପରି ମୃଦୁ ଖାଦ୍ୟୋପଯୋଗୀ ଅମ୍ଳର ଏକ ମିଶ୍ରଣ ଅଟେ ।
  • ଯେତେବେଳେ ବେକିଙ୍ଗ୍ ପାଉଡ଼ରକୁ ଗରମ କରାଯାଏ କିମ୍ବା ଜଳରେ ମିଶାଯାଏ, ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟେ ।
    NaHCO3 + H+ (କୌଣସି ଅମ୍ଳରୁ) → CO2 + H2O + ଅମ୍ଳର ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ଲବଣ
  • ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସମୟରେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଥ‌ିବା କାର୍ବନ୍ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ପାଉଁରୁଟି କିମ୍ବା କେକ୍‌କୁ ଫୁଲାଇ ଦେଇ ନରମ ଓ ସଚ୍ଛିଦ୍ର କରିଥାଏ ।
  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ପ୍ରତିଅମ୍ଳଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମଧ୍ୟ ଏକ ଉପାଦାନ ଅଟେ । କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ହୋଇଥିବା ହେତୁ ଏହା ପାକସ୍ଥଳୀରେ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଅମ୍ଳକୁ ପ୍ରଶମନ କରେ ଏବଂ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଉପଶମ କରିଥାଏ ।
  • ଏହା ମଧ୍ଯ ସୋଡ଼ା-ଅମ୍ଳ (soda-acid) ଅଗ୍ନି ନିର୍ବାପକ ଯନ୍ତ୍ର (Fire extinguisher) ରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

→ ଧୋଇବା ସୋଡ଼ା (Washing Soda) (Na2CO2. 10H2O):
ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତି ପ୍ରଣାଳ1 :

  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡରୁ ମିଳୁଥିବା ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ରାସାୟନିକ ପଦାର୍ଥ Na2CO3; 10H2O (ଧୋଇବା ସୋଡ଼ା) ।
  • ବେକିଂ ସୋଡ଼ାକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ମିଳିଥାଏ ।
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-12
  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ କାର୍ବୋନେଟକୁ ପୁନଃ ସ୍ଫଟିକୀକରଣ କଲେ ଧୋଇବା ସୋଡ଼ା ମିଳିଥାଏ । ଏହା ମଧ୍ୟ ଏକ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ଲବଣ ଅଟେ ।
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-13

→ ବ୍ୟବହାର :

  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ( ଧୋଇବା ସୋଡ଼ା) କାଚ, ସାବୁନ୍ ଓ କାଗଜ ଶିଳ୍ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ବୋରାକ୍‌ସ୍ ପରି ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଏହାକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ଘର ସଫା କରିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍‌କୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ଜଳର ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ଖରତ୍ଵ ଦୂର କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଏହାକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 ଅମ୍ଳ, କ୍ଷାରକ ଓ ଲବଣ

→ ଲବଣଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସ୍ଫଟିକ (Crystals of Salts) :

  • ସ୍ଫଟିକ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଲବଣର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସଂକେତ ଏକକ (Formula unit) ସହିତ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସଂଖ୍ୟକ ଜଳ ଅଣୁର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତି ଘଟିଥାଏ ।
  • ଏହି ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସଂଖ୍ୟକ ଜଳ ଅଣୁକୁ ସ୍ଫଟିକ ଜଳ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଲବଣର ସ୍ଫଟିକକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ଏଥିରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଜଳ ଅଣୁ ଅପସାରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • କପର ସଲଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଶୁଷ୍କ ଭଳି ଜଣାପଡ଼ୁଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ, ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ସେଥିରେ ସ୍ଫଟିକ ଜଳ ରହିଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ କପର
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-14
  • ସଲଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ଏଥ‌ିରେ ଥିବା ଜଳ ଅଣୁ ଅପସାରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ନୀଳବର୍ଷର କପର ସଲଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକ ଧଳା ଲବଣରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।
  • ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଏହି ଧଳା ଦାନାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଓଦା କରିଦେଲେ ଦେଖିବା ଯେ କପର ସଲଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକର ନୀଳବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ପୁନର୍ବାର ଫେରି ଆସୁଛି ।
  • ଜଳ ଯୋଜିତ କପର ସଲଫେଟ୍ରର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଂକେତ ହେଉଛି CuSO45H2O । ଏହି ସଂକେତରେ ପାଞ୍ଚଟି ଜଳ ଅଣୁ ରହିଛି ।
  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକ (ଧୋଇବା ସୋଡ଼ା)ର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଂକେତ ହେଉଛି Na2CO3.10H2O। ଏହି ସ୍ଫଟିକରେ 10ଟି ଜଳ ଅଣୁ ସ୍ଫଟିକ ଜଳ ଭାବରେ ରହିଥାଏ ।
  • ସେହିପରି ଜିପସମ୍ ଲବଣର ଅଣୁ ସଂକେତ ହେଉଛି CaSO4.2H2O । ଏହି ସ୍ଫଟିକରେ ଦୁଇଟି ଜଳ ଅଣୁ ସ୍ଫଟିକ ଜଳ ଭାବରେ ରହିଥାଏ ।

→ ପ୍ନାଷ୍ଠର ଅଫ୍ ପ୍ୟାରିସ୍ (Plaster of Paris) (CaSO4 . 1⁄2H2O) :
ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତି ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ :

  • ଜିପସମ୍ (CaSO4 2H2O) ସ୍ଫଟିକକୁ 373K ତାପମାତ୍ରାରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ଏହା ଜଳ ଅଣୁ ହରାଇ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍ ସେମିହାଇଡ୍ରେଟ୍ (CaSO4 . 1/2H2O)ରେ ପରିଣତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟର ଅଫ ପ୍ୟାରିସ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-15

→ ଧର୍ମ:
ଏହା ଏକ ଧଳା ପାଉଡର ଏବଂ ଏହା ଜଳ ସହିତ ମିଶି ପୁନର୍ବାର ଜିପସମ୍ଭରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ । ଏହା ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଶକ୍ତ କଠିନ ବସ୍ତୁ ଅଟେ
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Notes Chapter 2 img-16

→ ବ୍ୟବହର :

  • ଭାଙ୍ଗିଯାଇଥିବା ହାଡ଼କୁ ଠିକ୍ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ରଖିବା ପାଇଁ ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟର ଅଫ ପ୍ୟାରିସ୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥାନ୍ତି ।
  • କଣ୍ଢେଇ, ସାଜସଜା ସରଞ୍ଜାମ ଏବଂ ପୃଷ୍ଠକୁ ଚିକ୍‌କଣ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଏହାକୁ ବ୍ୟବହର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟର ଅଫ୍ ପ୍ୟାରିସ୍‌ର ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତି ପାଇଁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କଞ୍ଚାମାଲ ଜିପ୍‌ସମ୍ ପ୍ୟାରିସ୍‌ରେ ମିଳୁଥିବାରୁ ଏବଂ ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ଲାଷ୍ଟର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଉଥିବାରୁ ଏହାର ଏପରି ନାମକରଣ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

The Price Less Gift Question Answer Class 9 English Chapter 1 BSE Odisha

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 9th English Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift Question Answers BSE Odisha

The Price Less Gift Class 9 Questions and Answers

D . Let’s Understand The Text

Question 1.
What did the writer experience in the restaurant?
(ଲେଖକ ଭୋଜନାଳୟରେ କ’ଣ ଉପଲବ୍ଧି କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer went to a vegetarian restaurant ( ଭୋଜନାଳୟ) during lunchtime. The restaurant was densely crowded as lots of people were eating and drinking there. He found that some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into a corner. He preferred a come table and sat there for lunch and started skimming through the newspaper.

Question 2.
What did he notice there?
(ସେ ସେଠାରେ କ’ଣ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer noticed a very young girl looking at him. He observed that her eyes were large and there was a sad expression on her face. The girl while going out asked the cashier in a low voice something about the writer and wanted to know whether he was an Indian.

Question 3.
What was the writer’s first impression of the girl?
(ଝିଅଟିକୁ ନେଇ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ପ୍ରଥମ ଭାବ କ’ଣ ଥିଲା)
Answer:
The way of looking at the girl at the writer repeatedly aroused his curiosity in her. Her large eyes with sad expression made him feel that she was facing some kind of trouble and was rather poor and unhappy.

Question 4.
What made the writer surprised?
(ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ କ’ଣ ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲା ? )
Answer:
The girl’s inquiry about the writer with the cashier and her looking at him once more before leaving the restaurant made the writer was surprised.

Question 5.
Why did he enquire from the cashier ? (ସେ କାହିଁକି କ୍ୟାସିୟରଠାରୁ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The girl’s interest to know about the writer aroused his curiosity in her. So he enquired from the waiter about the girl.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Question 6.
What information did he get from the cashier?
(ସେ କ୍ୟାସିଅରଠାରୁ କି ଖବର/ସୂଚନା ପାଇଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer got the information from the waiter that the girl had her lunch in that restaurant on Saturdays only. She came to the restaurant on payday only because she earned very little

Question 7.
Where did the writer go on the next Saturday?
( ଲେଖକ ପରବର୍ତୀ ଶନିବାରରେ କେଉଁଠାକୁ ଗଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer went to the same restaurant the next Saturday where he found the girl sitting at the same table as before (ପୂର୍ବଭଳି).

Question 8.
Why did he arrange the chair opposite hers?
(ସେ କାହିଁକି ତା’ (ଝିଅଟି) ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଚଉକି ଯୋଗାଡ଼ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The next Saturday, he went to the same restaurant. He found the girl sitting at the same table as before and was eating. Then the writer went up to her and took the chair opposite hers. He wished her a good afternoon and started talking with her.

Question 9.
What query did the girl make about the writer?
(ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଝିଅଟି କ’ଣ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କଲା ?)
Answer:
The query that the girl made about the writer was whether he was an Indian.

Question 10.
What impression did the writer have about the family of the girl?
(ଝିଅଟିର ପରିବାର ଉପରେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କର କି ଧାରଣା ହେଲା ?)
Answer:
The writer came to know from the girl that she was living with her old widowed mother. Her only brother, who was her ony guardian, was serving as a soldier in India. They had not had a letter from him for a long time. Her mother was very worried and she was afraid something bad had happened to her son.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Question 11.
How was the writer treated at Maggie’s house? Who was there to welcome him?
(ମ୍ୟାଗିଙ୍କ ଘରେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ କିଭଳି ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା କରାଗଲା ? କିଏ ସେଠାରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ସ୍ଵାଗତ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer reached Maggie’s house accompanying her. She took him to her mother who was in the kitchen. She introduced (ପରିଚିତ କରାଇଲେ) him to her mother. Her mother was very glad to meet an Indian. She welcomed (ସ୍ଵାଗତ କଲେ ) the writer eagerly. The writer was treated kindly at Maggie’s house.

Question 12.
What was Mrs. Bethy doing when the writer met her? Why was she unwilling to go for
a handshake?
(ଲେଖକ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟିଲେ ସେ କ’ଣ କରୁଥିଲେ ? ହାତ ମିଳାଇବାକୁ ସେ କାହିଁକି ଅନିଚ୍ଛୁକ ହେଲେ ?)
Answer:
When the writer met Mrs. Bethy, she was in the kitchen making cakes. She was unwilling ( ଅନିଚ୍ଛୁକ) to handshake (ହାତ ମିଳାଇବା) with the writer because her hands were covered with flour.

Question 13.
Why did the girl usually visit the restaurant on Saturdays?
(ଯୁବତୀ ଜଣକ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଶନିବାର ରେଷ୍ଟୁରାଣ୍ଟକୁ କାହିଁକି ଯାଉଥିଲେ?)
Answer:
The girl was very poor. She did not earn much. Saturday was her payday. Therefore, she usually visited the restaurant on Saturdays to have her lunch there.

Question 14.
What did Mrs. Bethy believe about the ring?
(ମୁଦିଟି ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ କ’ଣ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁଥିଲେ ? )

Answer:
Mrs. Bethy had a ring that her son had sent from India. She believed that the ring was a miraculous thing and one could see and know about a distant person and his action through the ring by gazing at it and concentrating on him.

Question 15.
What made the author to tell a lie about the ring?
(ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ମୁଦିଟି ବିଷୟରେ କ’ଣ ପାଇଁ ମିଛ କହିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଲା ?)
Answer:
Maggie persistently (repeatedly) requested the author to look into the ring and tell her mother that Franky was all right and alive in India. As a result, her mother could recover from her serious illness. So keeping this in mind, the author had to tell a lie about the ring.

Question 16.
Did the telling of a lie benefit Mrs. Bethy?
(ମିଛଟିଏ କହିବା ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ଙ୍କର ଉପକାର କଲା କି ?)
Answer:
Yes, telling a lie on the part of the writer gave many benefits to Mrs. Bethy who was lying sick on the bed. After hearing about her son’s well-being, the old woman raised her head, and tears of happiness rolled down her eyes. Mrs. Bethy soon recovered from her illness

Question 17.
Why did the writer feel guilty about himself?
(ଲେଖକ କାହିଁକି ନିଜକୁ ଦୋଷୀ ମନେକଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer felt guilty about himself because he calculated and found that Franky had been killed some days when he told Mrs. Bethy that her son was alive and all right in India.

Question 18.
What was Maggie’s gift to the writer?
(ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ମାଗିର ଉପହାର କ’ଣ ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
When Maggie was assured of the writer’s visit to her brother’s grave in India, her face was filled with gratitude. She thanked the writer and gave him a shilling to buy flowers and requested him to lay them on her brother’s grave for her. This was in fact Maggie’s gift to the writer. Maggie’s gift to the writer was only a shilling which she had earned with so much toil.

Question 19.
Why was it a priceless gift?
(ଏହା କାହିଁକି ଏକ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The shilling that the girl gave to the writer to buy flowers for her dead brother was not an ordinary one. It was an embodiment of her love, sacrifice, joy, and emotion for her brother. Its cost was beyond all price. It was rare and of high value. Thus, it was a priceless gift.

Question 20.
Did Maggie love her brother dearly? Give reasons.
(ମାଗି ତା’ ଭାଇକୁ ଖୁବ୍ ଭଲ ପାଉଥିଲା କି ? କାରଣ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।)
Answer:
Maggie’s love for her brother was sacred and profound. It is beyond description. Her offering of hard-earned shilling for the purchase of flowers to shower on her brother’s grave and a sense of joy as assured by the writer were enough to know about her love for her brother.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

E. Let’s Understand The Text Better : (ଆସ ପାଠ୍ୟବିଷୟଟିକୁ ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ବୁଝିବା )

Question 1.
Why did the writer choose the corner table in the restaurant?
(ଭୋଜନାଳୟରେ ଲେଖକ କାହିଁକି କୋଣରେ ଥିବା ଟେବୁଲଟିକୁ ବାଛିଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer chose the comer table because the restaurant was very crowded. He saw some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into a comer. He thought a comer place would be a suitable place for lunch and skimming through a newspaper.

Question 2.
How did the writer start a conversation with the young girl ?
ଲେଖକ କିପରି ଯୁବତୀ ଝିଅଟି ସହିତ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer saw the young girl in the restaurant the next Saturday. He went up to her and took the chair opposite hers. He wished her a good afternoon. Then he was able to start a conversation with her.

Question 3.
How could the writer guess the girl to be poverty-stricken?
(ଝିଅଟି ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ-ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତା ବୋଲି ଲେଖକ କିପରି ଅନୁମାନ କରିପାରିଲେ ?)
Answer:
The writer on his first meeting with the girl had observed a sad expression in her eyes. The writer also came to know from the waiter of the restaurant that she only came for lunch on Saturdays being her payday. Perhaps she did not earn much. All these things made the writer guess the girl to be poverty-stricken.

Question 4.
Which of the following do you think the author will talk about after meeting the girl?
(ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁଟିକୁ ଲେଖକ ଝିଅଟିକୁ ଭେଟିବା ପରେ କହିବେ ବୋଲି ତୁମେ ଭାବୁଛ ?)
(a) Meeting the girl again
(b) Enquiring about her nature of work
(c) about her family
(d) all of the above.
Answer:
(c) about her family

Question 5.
‘I was moved by what he said.’ What impression did the writer get about the girl?
(‘ସେ ଯାହା କହିଲେ ମୁଁ ସେଥୁରେ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହେଲି ।’’ ଝିଅଟି ବିଷୟରେ ଲେଖକ କି ଧାରଣା ପାଇଲେ ?)
Answer:
Being moved by the words of the waiter, the writer’s curiosity about the girl grew. He took pity of her poverty and wanted to help her in any way.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Question 6.
What impression did the girl have on India?
(ଝିଅଟିର ଭାରତ ଉପରେ କି ଧାରଣା ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The girl and her mother had good knowledge of India. That is why they wanted to know from the writer about the kind of country India was. Her mother also wanted to know about Punjab where her son was posted as a soldier. They thought that India was a land of too many snakes and tigers. People in India were often killed by them. They had a strange idea about Indians. They thought Indians were truthful and they could tell the past and the future of man gazing at a ring. It is a land of miraculous happenings.

Question 7.
‘Will it be too much of a lie ?’ Why did the girl say so?
(ଝିଅଟିର ଭାରତ ଉପରେ କି ଧାରଣା ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The girl was too much worried about the miserable condition of her mother. She wanted the writer to tell a lie before her mother that her son Franky was alive and all right. She wanted the writer to tell this lie looking into the crystal for the benefit of her mother. For a good cause if a lie is told, it could be no sin at all. That is why the girl said so.

Question 8.
Why did the writer feel ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy at the time of his return to India?
(ଲେଖକ ଭାରତ ଫେରି ଆସିବାବେଳେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟିବାକୁ କାହିଁକି ଲଜ୍ଜାବୋଧ କଲେ ?)
Answer:
At the time of his return to India, the writer went to Maggie and her mother to say goodbye. But the family was in mourning. Franky had been killed in the fighting on the frontier. The writer calculated and found that Franky had been dead some days before when he told his mother he was alive and well. Therefore he felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. Out of shame, Mr. Gupta wrote to them announcing his departure.

Question 9.
Why was the shilling Maggie presented to the writer an invaluable offering?
(ମାଗି ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଇଥ‌ିବା ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ଟି କାହିଁକି ଏକ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର ଥିଲା ?)
Answer:
The shilling that Maggie presented to the writer was not an ordinary gift. It was the symbol of her true love, sacrifice, and emotion for her brother as it was meant for the purchase of flowers to be showered on her brother’s grave. The cost of the shilling was beyond all prices. It was rare and of high value. Thus the shilling was an invaluable offering

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

F. Let’s learn some words : (ଆସ କିଛି ଶବ୍ଦ ଶିଖିବା)

Words that are not derived or developed from other words are called primary words.
(ମାଗି ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଇଥ‌ିବା ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ଟି କାହିଁକି ଏକ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର ଥିଲା ?)
In other words, words having no suffixes or prefixes are primary words.
Example – Orange, right, fast, slow.
Compound words are formed noun to noun (moonlight, village bridge) adjective + noun (sweetheart), verb + noun (breakfast) gerund + noun (drawing room), preposition + noun (overcoat) noun + adjective (lifelong).

Compound words (ଯୌଗିକ ଶବ୍ଦ)are formed,
(i) noun + noun (moonlight, village bridge) (ବିଶେଷ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
(ii) adjective + noun (sweetheart) (ବିଶେଷଣ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
(iii) verb + noun (breakfast) (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ )
(iv) gerund + noun (drawing room) ( ଜିରଣ୍ଡ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
(v) preposition + noun (overcoat) (ବିଭକ୍ତିସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
(vi) noun + adjective (lifelong) (ବିଭକ୍ତିସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ + ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
By adding prefixes like mis, un, in, dis, it, anti, de, make the word negative and by adding suffixes we change the words from noun to adjective, adjective to verb, adjective to an adverb, and verb to noun. This is called derivation. Thus we find a family of words.

Derivation (ବ୍ୟୁତ୍ପତ୍ତି) – It is the name given to the process of making a new word from an old one (word) by the addition of some prefixes or suffixes.
(ପୂର୍ବ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟା ବା ପର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ଯୋଗରେ ପୁରୁଣା ଶବ୍ଦରୁ ନୂତନ ଶବ୍ଦ ଗଠନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବ୍ୟୁତ୍ପରି ବା କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

(i) Noun + Noun
beauty – spot (ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ଯ୍ୟ ସ୍ଥାନ)
bullock – cart (ବଳଦଗାଡ଼ି)
tax – collector (କର/ଟିକସ ଆଦାୟକାରୀ)
wine – shop (ମଦ ଦୋକାନ)
hospital – bed (ଡାକ୍ତରଖାନା ଶଯ୍ୟା)
stone – work (ପ୍ରସ୍ତର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
maid – servant (ଦାସୀ)
orange-juice (କମଳାରସ)
book – maker (ପୁସ୍ତକ ନିର୍ମାତା)
police – dog (ପୋଲିସ କୁକୁର)
ballot – papers ( ଭୋଟ କାଗଜ)
pocket – money (ପକେଟ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ)
work – shop (ଗାଡ଼ି ମରାମତି ସ୍ଥାନ/ଗ୍ୟାରେଜ୍)
tea – cup (ଚା’ ପିଆଲା)
needle – work (ଛୁଞ୍ଚିମ)
paper – money ( କାଗଜ ଟଙ୍କା)
horse – race (ଘୋଡ଼ାଦୌଡ଼)
brick – layer ଘୋଡ଼ାଦୌଡ଼)
oil – paint (ତୈଳଚିତ୍ର)
bank – rate (ବ୍ୟାଙ୍କ ସୁଧ ହାର)

(ii) Adjective + Noun
freelance (ସବୁ ବିଷୟରେ ଲେଖୁଥ‌ିବା) (ଲେଖକ)
short – cut ( ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ପଦ୍ଧତି)
free – thinker (ମୁକ୍ତ ଚିନ୍ତାକାରୀ)
soft – ware ( କମ୍ପ୍ୟୁଟରର ପ୍ରୋଗ୍ରାମିଂ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
double – dealing (ଅସାଧୁ ସମ୍ପର୍କ)

(iil) Verb + Noun
make – shift (house) (ଅସ୍ଥାୟୀ ଗୃହ)
light – house ( ବତୀଘର)
turn – coat (ବାରମ୍ବାର ଦଳବଦଳକାରୀ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି)
cut – throat (competition) (ଗଳାକଟା|ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିଯୋଗିତା)
watch – dog (ପ୍ରହରୀ)
break – fast (ପ୍ରାତଃଭୋଜନ )
pick – pocket (ପକେଟକଟା ଚୋର)

(iv) Gerund + Noun
hearing – aid (ଶୁଣିବା ଯନ୍ତ୍ର)
moving – picture (ହୃଦୟସ୍ପର୍ଶୀ ଚଳଚ୍ଚିତ୍ର)
dancing – doll (ନାଚ କଣ୍ଢେଇ)
dressing – room (ପୋଷାକ ବଦଳାଇବା କୋଠରି)
brain – washing (ଚିନ୍ତା ଉଦ୍ରେକଧାରୀ) (ଆଲୋଚନା |ସମସ୍ୟା)
walking – stick (ଆଶାବାଡ଼ି)
washing – machine (ପୋଷାକ ଧୂଲେଇ ଯନ୍ତ୍ର)

(v) Preposition + Noun
indoor – game (ଘର ଭିତରର ଖେଳ)
uphill (ପାହାଡ଼ ଶୀର୍ଷ)
overload (ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ବୋଝ)
post – independence (ସ୍ଵାଧୀନତୋତ୍ତର)
outlaw (ସମାଜରୁ ବାସନ୍ଦ ଅପରାଧୀ)
outdoor – game (ବାହାର ଖେଳ)
post – graduate (ସ୍ନାତକୋତ୍ତର)
under – weight (କମ୍ ଓଜନର)

(vi) Noun + Adjective/Participle
blood – curdling (ରକ୍ତ ଶୀତଳେଇ ଦେଉଥ‌ିବା )
ice – cold (ବରଫ ଭଳି ଶୀତଳ)
chest – deep (ଛାତି ଗଭୀରର)
blood – thirsty (ରକ୍ତ ତୃଷାର୍ତ୍ତ)
moth – eaten (book) (ଉଇ ଖାଇଥିବା) (ପୁସ୍ତକ)
henpecked (ମାଇଚିଆ )
frost – bitten (କୁହୁଡ଼ିଘେରା)

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

By adding prefixes like (mis, un, in, dis, il, anti) we make the words negative.
(mis, un, in, dis, il, anti ଆଦି ପୁର୍ବପ୍ରତ୍ୟୟ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଯାଏ ।)

inactive (ଅକର୍ମଣ୍ୟ) inadequeate ( ଗଳ୍ପ ) unhealthy (ଅସୁସ୍ଥ)
Mismanagement (କୁପରିଚାଳନା) dishonest (ଅସାଧୁ) disappear ( ଅଦୃଶ୍ୟ ହେବା)
illegal (ବେଆଇନ) illegitimate (ଅବୈଧ ) ill – timed(ଅସମୟରେ)
anti-govemment (ସରକାର ବିରୋଧୀ) anti-people (ଜନବିରୋଧୀ )
anti-malarial (ମ୍ୟାଲେରିଆ ନିବାରକ) de-throne ( ସିଂହାସନରୁ ବିତାଡ଼ିତ କରିବା)
de-recognise (ସ୍ୱୀକୃତି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାହାର କରିବା) de-stabilize(ଅସ୍ଥିର କରିବା)
de-grade (ପଦରୁ ସ୍ଖଳିତ କରିବା | ପଦବୀ ପ୍ରତି ଅପମାନ କରିବା)

By adding suffixes we change the words from noun to adjective, adjective to the verb, adjective to adverb, and verb to noun. This is called ‘derivation’. Thus we find a family of words. Here is an exercise for you. Fill in the gaps using the appropriate form in each sentence. One has been done for you.
(ଏଠାରେ ତୁମ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଅନୁଶୀଳନୀ ଅଛି । ବନ୍ଧନୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦର ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ରୂପ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର । ଗୋଟିଏ ତୁମ ପାଇଁ କରି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

Example : (ଉଦାହରଣ)

1. There is an _____________ of anger on his face, (Express)
Answer:
There is an expression of anger on his face

2. He made his _____________ from the scene after a dialogue, (depart)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
Departure ( ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ),

3. She performed well at her first ____________ (opportune)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
opportunity (ସୁଯୋଗ ),

4. She showed a ____________ for my past life, (curious)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
curiosity (କୌତୁହଳ )

5. I had a _____________ with, my friend, (converse)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
conversation (ବାର୍ତ୍ତାଳାପ |),

6. You need a lot of ______________ on the subject to understand it perfectly, (concentrate)
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
concentration ( ଏକାଗ୍ରତା )

(B) Look at the following dialogues carefully and write them in the correct sequence as
they occur in the story.
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖ ସଂଳାପଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଯତ୍ନର ସହ ଦେଖ ଏବଂ ଗଳ୍ପରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଭଳି ଠିକ୍ କ୍ରମରେ ସଜାଇ ଲେଖ)

1. ‘How can I ever thank you ?’ she said.
2. ‘Are you leaving today ?’ she asked.
3. ‘When I go to that part of the country I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you.’
4. ‘Excuse me, my hands are covered with flour ?’
5. ‘My son is in Punjab. He is a soldier.’
6. ‘May I know your name ?’
7. ‘Are you an Indian? My brother is in India.’
8. ‘What kind of country is India, Sir ?’
9. ‘Show Mr. Gupta the ring which your brother sent you.’
10. ‘Mrs. Bethy, your son is alive. He is well.’
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ) :
7. ‘Are you an Indian? My brother is in India.’
6. ‘May I know your name ?’
4. ‘Excuse me, my hands are covered with flour ?’
8. ‘What kind of country is India, Sir ?’
5. ‘My son is in Punjab. He is a soldier.’
9. ‘Show Mr. Gupta the ring which your brother sent you.’
10. ‘Mrs. Bethy, your son is alive. He is well.’
2. ‘Are you leaving today ?’ she asked.
3. ‘When I go to that part of the country I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you.’
1. ‘How can I ever thank you ?’ she said.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

(C) Study the following combination (collocation) of words. One is an adjective and the other is a noun.
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଶବ୍ଦ ସଙ୍କଳନକୁ ଅନୁଧ୍ୟାନ କର । ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟଟି ବିଶେଷ ଅଟେ ।)
Example : (ଉଦାହରଣ)

Adjective Noun Collocation
happy man happy man (ସୁଖୀ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି) (Adj. + Noun)
previous day previous day (ପୂର୍ବଦିନ) (Adj. + Noun)
wonderful place wonderful place (ଚମତ୍କାର ଜାଗା) (Adj. + Noun)
power manner power house (ବିଦ୍ୟୁଗୃହ) (Noun + Noun)
good house good manners (ଉତ୍ତମ ଆଚରଣ) (Adj. + Noun)
Japanese girl Japanese girl (ଜାପାନୀ ଝିଅ) (Adj. + Noun)

There are a group of adjectives (descriptive words) chosen from the text. They are miraculous, mysterious, brief, only, weekly, virtuous, serious, healthy, and sad. Fill in the gaps choosing, the appropriate adjectives. One has been done for you.
(ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ବିଶେଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର । ତୁମ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ କରିଦିଆଯାଇଛି । )

Fill in the gaps choosing,the appropriate adjectives. One has been done for you.
(ଉପଯୁକ୍ତ ବିଶେଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର । ତୁମ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ କରିଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

(i). I hope that some __________ change will occur.
Answer:
miraculous

(ii). The children have _____________ appetite.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Healthy ( ସୁସ୍ଥ)

(iii). There was some ____________ news for the child.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Sad(ଦୁଃଖଦ )

(iv). She suffered from a _____________ illness.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
serious

(v). He leads a ______________ life all the time.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
virtuous

(vi). He started with a _____________ description of the subject.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Brief (ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ)

(vii). He attends every ______________ meeting.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
weekly

(viii). Ramesh is the _______________ child of his father.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Only.

(D) Compound adjectives are beautifully formed with the addition of nouns with participles. One a such compound adjective is used in the text
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ସହ କ୍ରିୟାର ‘participle’ ରୂପ ଯୋଗ ହୋଇ ଯୌଗିକ ବିଶେଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସୁନ୍ଦରଭାବେ ଗଢ଼ାଯାଇଛି । ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଯୌଗିକ ବିଶେଷଣ ପାଠ୍ୟବିଷୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି ।)
i.e., poverty-stricken
In column ‘A’ there are the nouns and in column ‘B’ there are participles kept in a disordered manner. You are to match them and make compound adjectives. (The first noun becomes the adjective).
(‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ତଳେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ସହିତ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ତଳେ ଥିବା ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଯୋଗକରି ଯୌଗିକ ବିଶେଷଣ ଗଠନ କର ।)

‘A’ ‘B’
Moth Ridden
Heart Made
Bed Broken
Hand Eaten

Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):

‘A’ (Noun) ‘B’(Participle)
Moth Eaten (ଉଇଖ୍) (ବହି)
Heart Broken(ହୃଦୟ ବିଦାରକ) (ଦୃଶ୍ୟ)
Bed Ridden(ଶଯ୍ୟାଶାୟୀ) (ରୋଗୀ )
Hand Made(ହାତ ତିଆରି) (ଖେଳନା )

Words in the circles are not written in order. Put them in order and make sentences.

(ଗୋଲେଇ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସଠିକ୍ କ୍ରମରେ ଲେଖାଯାଇନାହିଁ । ବାକ୍ୟ ଗଠନ ନିମନ୍ତେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କ୍ରମରେ ସଜାଅ ।)

Words in the circles are not written in orderPut them in order and make sentences.

Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):

Words in the circles are not written in orderPut them in order and make sentences

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

G. Let’S Learn Use Of Language (ଆସ ଆମେ ଭାଷାର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶିଖ୍) :

Active and Passive Voice (କର୍ତ୍ତବାଚ୍ୟ ଓ କର୍ମବାଚ୍ୟ ) :
Much objective writing is done in the passive voice. For the passive voice we may use any one of the tenses. With each one we have to use the relevant tense of ‘be’ along with the past participle of the main verb.

Tense Form Examples in the passive
(from the text)
Simple Present is/am/are+past participle Mv’s hands are covered with foam.
Present Progressive is/am/are+being+PP It is being repaired at the moment.
Present Perfect has/have+been+PP It has been kept verv neatly in that envelope.
Present perfect Progressive
Simple past was/were+PP Maggie’s face was filled with gratitude.
Past Progressive was/were+being+PP A letter was being written to her.
Past Perfect

Past Perfect Progressive Future time

had+been+PP Some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into comers.
shall/will+be+PP All kinds of things will be sold in night.
Referring to would+be+PP The grief in her heart would be eased
Future in the past a little.

Note: The present perfect progressive and past perfect progressive in the passive voice is very rarely used.

Question 1.
Supply the correct form of the verb to fill in the gaps in the following narration.
(ନିମ୍ନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନାରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବନ୍ଧନୀରେ ଥିବା କ୍ରିୟାର ସଠିକ୍ ରୂପ ବସାଇ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
When the match was coming to an end I ___________ (tell) by my father to leave the stadium quickly to attend to my cousin at the hospital where he ____________ bring) by an ambulance. I ____________ (shock) to hear this. An auto rickshaw _____________ (arrange) and I reached the hospital and then to the ward in no time. I saw that my cousin ____________ (bandage) was lying on the bed with saline hanging on a stand beside the bed. The nurse told me he ___________ (inject) with antibiotics.
Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
When the match was coming to an end I was told my father to leave the stadium quickly to attend to my cousin at the hospital where he had been brought by ambulance. I was shocked to hear this. An auto rickshaw was arranged and I reached the hospital and then the ward in no time. I saw that my cousin was bandaged and was lying on the bed with saline hanging on a stand beside the bed. The nurse told me he had been injected with antibiotics.

H. Let’s Write (ଆସ ଲେଖୁ ) :

There are a few dialogues between the teacher and Deepak. Some dialogues are omitted. Fill in the dialogues according to the sequence. A few hints are given in the bracket.
(ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଓ ଦୀପକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ହୋଇଥିବା କେତେକ ସଂଳାପ ଏଠାରେ ଅଛି । କେତେକ ସଂଳାପ ଛାଡ଼ି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି । ଘଟଣାକ୍ରମ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ସଂଳାପଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୂରଣ କର । ବନ୍ଧନୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ କେତେକ ସୂଚନା ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ।)

Teacher: Deepak. Please come here if you have finished writing
Deepak: Sir, it is over.
Teacher: _________ (demand the copy)
Deepak: Here is my copy. Sir, the question was difficult
Teacher: ___________? (enquiring)
Deepak: Yes Sir, we were taught this subject twice. But I was confused.
Teacher : (Checking the note) Deepak, _________________?
Deepak: Sir, this sentence was actually told by you.
Teacher: It is just and ____________.
Deepak: Sir, I remember your words. Rome was not built in a day.
Teacher: _________? (Asks to know his response)
Deepak: Sir, I was greatly moved by it.
Teacher: ___________?
Deepak: Sir, I found this sentence in a book
Teacher: ____________?
Deepak: I bought the book at the exhibition. There was a great rush at the exhibition.
Teacher: _____________?
Deepak: I also bought one storybook.
Teacher: It is better to have the companionship of books.

Answer ( ଉତ୍ତର ):
Teacher: Deepak. Please come here if you have finished writing
Deepak: Sir, it is over.
Teacher: Show me your copy, (demand the copy)
Deepak: Here is my copy. Sir, the question was difficult
Teacher: Were you not taught this subject? (enquiring)
Deepak: Yes Sir, we were taught this subject twice. But I was confused.
Teacher : (Checking the note) Deepak, Well, you have written a good sentence. Who told this you?
Deepak: Sir, this sentence was actually told by you.
Teacher: It is just and beautiful.
Deepak: Sir, I remember your words. Rome was not built in a day.
Teacher: How do YOU like this? (Asks to know his response)
Deepak: Sir, I was greatly moved by it.
Teacher: Where have you found it?
Deepak: Sir, I found this sentence in a book
Teacher: Where did you buy this book?
Deepak: I bought the book at the exhibition. There was a great rush at the exhibition.
Teacher: What else did you buy there?
Deepak: I also bought one storybook.
Teacher: It is better to have the companionship of books.
After you have completed writing the dialogues, have to role-play with your peers inside the classroom.

(କଥୋପକଥନ ଲେଖୁସାରିବା ପରେ, ଶ୍ରେଣୀକକ୍ଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁମ ସାଙ୍ଗମାନଙ୍କ ସହିତ ଅଭିନୟ କର ।)

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Let’s Know More (ଆସ ଅଧ୍ବକ ଜାଣିବା )

Word Related Word
vegetable (n) vegetarian (n)
express (v) expression (n)
curiosity (n) curious (adj), curiously (adv)
poverty (n) poor (adj)
enter (v) entrance (n), entry/entrant (n)
company (n) accompany (v)
know (v) knowledge (n), knowledgeable (adj)
pleasant (adj) pleasantly (adv)
usual (adj) usually (adv)
eager (adj) eagerness (n), eagerly (adv)
introduce (v) introduction (n), introductory (adj)
concentrate (v) concentration (n), concentrative (adj)
miracle (n) miraculous (adj), miraculously (adv)
ill (adj) illness (n)
anxiety (n) anxious (adj)
recover(v) recovery (n)
distant (adj) distance (n)
emotion (n) emotional (adj), emotionally (adv)
remember (v) remembrance (n)
thank (v) thankful (adj).
joy (n) enjoy (v), joyful (adj), joyfully (adv)

B. Opposite/Antonyms

Word Opposite Word
vegetarian non-vegetarian
large small
persist  discontinue
widow  widower
worried composed/calm
neatly poorly
question  answer
aggravated  lessened
serious  light
depart  enter
love (n)  hatred
distant  near
anxious  carefree
alive  dead
spend  save
repair  damage
Word Opposite Word
crowded  deserted
moved  unmoved
same  different
usually  unusually
approach  recoil/withdraw
cover  uncover
bless  curse
virtuous  vicious
departure  entry
buried  burnt
love (v)  hate
profusion  scarcity
gentleman  ruffian
low  high
narrow  wide
brief  lengthy

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

BSE Odisha 9th Class English The Priceless Gift Important Questions and Answers

Very Short & Objective Questions With Answers.
Answer The Followings In A Sentence.

Question 1.
When did the writer visit the restaurant?
Answer:
The writer visited the restaurant during lunchtime on a Saturday.

Question 2.
What did the writer see in a corner?
Answer:
The writer saw that some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into a corner.

Question 3.
What did the girl ask the cashier?
Answer:
The girl asked the cashier if the writer was an Indian.

Question 4.
What made the writer surprised?
Answer:
The girl’s repeated looking at him and her discussion with the cashier in a low voice made the writer surprised.

Question 5.
What did the writer want to know from the waiter?
Answer:
The writer wanted to know about the girl from the waiter

Question 6.
How did Maggie open the door?
Answer:
Maggie opened the door with a thin latch key.

Question 7.
Where was Maggie’s mother when Maggie entered the house?
Answer:
When Maggie entered the house, her mother was in the kitchen.

Question 8.
What was Maggie’s mother doing when the writer met her?
Answer:
Maggie’s mother was making cakes when the writer met her.

Question 9.
Why couldn’t Maggie’s mother go for a handshake?
Answer:
Maggie’s mother couldn’t go for a handshake because her hands were covered with flour.

Question 10.
What was the importance of Saturday night?
Answer:
Saturday night was a time of festivity.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Question 11.
Why was Mrs. Bethy sick?
Answer:
Mrs. Bethy was sick, aggravated by her anxiety for her son, Franky.

Question 12.
What did Maggie request from Mr. Gupta?
Answer:
Maggie requested Mr. Gupta to tell a lie to her mother about her brother looking into the crystal.

Question 13.
How did Mrs. Bethy recover?
Answer:
Mr. Gupta, the writer, told Mrs. Bethy that her son was alive and well. So she soon recovered.

Question 14.
Why did the writer wish to say ‘goodbye’ to Maggie and her mother?
Answer:
The writer wished to say goodbye to Maggie and her mother before his return to India as he had an acquaintanceship with them.

Question 15.
Why couldn’t the writer face Mrs. Bethy?
Answer:
The writer couldn’t face Mrs. Bethy before his departure as her family was in mourning due to the death of Franky.

Question 16.
What did Maggie offer the writer?
Answer:
Maggie offered a shilling to the writer.

Question 17.
What did Maggie request from the writer?
Answer:
Maggie requested the writer to buy some flowers and put them on her brother’s grave.

Question 18.
Why didn’t the writer want to accept that shilling from Maggie?
Answer:
The writer thought that Maggie would have earned the shilling with much toil.

Question 19.
Why did the writer pick up the shilling?
Answer:
The writer picked up the shilling thinking that the grief in Maggie’s heart would be eased a little by it.

Question 20.
Why was the shilling a priceless gift?
Answer:
The shilling was an embodiment of her love and sacrifice for her brother. Its cost was beyond all price. So it was a priceless gift.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Answer The Followings In A Word Or A Phrase

Question 1.
Why did the writer feel ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy?
Answer:
Because he had told a lie about Franky.

Question 2.
When did Maggie’s face fill with gratitude?
Answer:
when the author told her that he would visit her brother’s grave and would write to her

Question 3.
Why was Mrs. Bethy unwilling to go for a handshake?
Answer:
Because her hands were covered with flour;

Question 4.
What did the writer notice in the eyes of the young girl?
Answer:
Her eyes were large and they had sad expressions.

Question 5.
Why was Maggie’s mother worried?
Answer:
Because she hadn’t received any letter from her son.

Question 6.
Why did the writer wait for his lunch in the restaurant?
Answer:
Because the restaurant was crowded.

Question 7.
What was Maggie’s first question Maggie to the writer?
Answer:
Are you an Indian?

Question 8.
When were the people in poor neighborhoods able to spend a little?
Answer:
On Saturday night.

Question 9.
Who showed the ring to the writer?
Answer:
Maggie.

Question 10.
“Please come in.”- Who told this?
Answer:
Maggie

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Question 11.
What was Mr. Gupta doing when Maggie knocked at his door?
Answer:
He was having his breakfast

Question 12.
What was Mrs. Bethy doing when the writer met her?
Answer:
Making cakes.

Question 13.
“What kind of country is India, Sir 7” Who is the speaker of this question?
Answer:
Mrs. Bethy

Question 14.
What did Mrs. Bethy show Mr. Gupta in her house?
Answer:
A photograph

Question 15.
Who prepared tea for Mr. Gupta?
Answer:
Mrs. Bethy

Question 16.
Who was Mrs. Bethy?
Answer:
The girl’s old and worried mother

Question 17.
“An Indian has come.”- Who said it to whom?
Answer:
Maggie said it to her mother.

Question 18.
How much did Maggie offer to the writer to buy flowers for her brother’s grave?
Answer:
A shilling

Question 19.
How was the girl who was looking at the writer?
Answer:
She was sorrowful.

Question 20.
What aroused the author’s curiosity about the girl in the restaurant?
Answer:
Her interest in him.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Fill In The Blanks.

1. I was in a fix. Here the underlined phrase means he was in _____________________.
Answer:
Dilemma.

2. The crystal is a __________________.
Answer:
Bright Mirror

3. “Who was the mysterious child ?” Here the word mysterious means _______________.
Answer:
Strange.

4. “her poverty-stricken sad anxious figure”. Here ‘figure’ means _______________.
Answer:
Appearance.

5. Franky was working in ________________.
Answer:
Punjab.

6. Franky was a ________________ .
Answer:
Soldier.

7. The writer told Mrs. Bethy that India is a _________________.
Answer:
Fine Country.

8. The writer told Maggie that he had entered ____________________.
Answer:
The Punjab service

9. When the writer told Maggie that he would visit her brother’s grave, her face filled with ___________.
Answer:
Gratitude

10. Mrs. Bethy was making them in the evening. _______________ to sell
Answer:
Cakes.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

11. The writer went to the restaurant during _______________.
Answer:
Lunch.

12. In England, the writer went to a _____________.
Answer:
Vegetarian Restaurant.

13. In the restaurant, the writer started skimming through the newspaper sitting in the comer of the _____________.
Answer:
Restaurant.

14. The young girl came to the restaurant on __________________.
Answer:
Saturdays

Multiple Choice Questions With Answers

Question 1.
“I am glad to hear it.” was said by _____________?
(A) Mr. Gupta
(B) Maggie
(C) Mrs. Bethy
(D) Franky
Answer:
(C) Mrs. Bethy.

Question 2.
Mr. Gupta told Mrs. Bethy, “Punjab is a ___________ place to live in?
(A) healthy
(C) suitable
(B) fire
(D) beautiful
Answer:
(A) healthy.

Question 3.
“Please come in.”______________ Who told this?
(A) Mr. Gupta
(B) Mrs. Bethy
(C) Maggie
(D) the writer
Answer:
(C) Maggie.

Question 4.
Saturday night was a time of ____________ in a poor neighborhood?
(A) payment
(B) buying
(C) marketing
(D) festivity
Answer:
(D) festivity

Question 5.
“What kind of country is India, Sir ?” Who is the speaker of this question _______________?
(A) Maggie
(B) Mrs. Bethy
(C) cashier
(D) waiter
Answer:
(B) Mrs. Bethy

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Question 6.
Franky was buried ________________?
(A) in Punjab
(B) in London.
(C) near Punjab
(D) near the frontier
Answer:
(D) near the frontier.

Question 7.
Maggie had come to say goodbye to the writer wearing _________________?
(A) black
(B) red
(C) a saree
(D) a new dress
Answer:
(A) black.

Question 8.
“her poverty-stricken sad anxious figure”. Here ‘figure’ means __________________?
(A) picture
(B) design
(C) drawing
(D) appearance
Answer:
(D) appearance.

Question 9.
Franky was working in __________________?
(A) London
(B.) Punjab
(C) America
(D) Delhi
Answer:
(B.) Punjab

Question 10.
Franky was a ______________?
(A) writer
(B) commander
(C) major
(D) soldier
Answer:
(D) soldier.

Question 11.
The writer told Mrs. Bethy that India is a ________________?
(A) fine country
(B) beautiful country
(C) healthy place
(D) peaceful country
Answer:
(A) fine country

Question 12.
How much did Maggie offer to the writer to buy flowers for her brother’s grave _________________?
(A) a shilling
(B) a dollar
(C) five shillings
(D) ten shillings
Answer:
(A) a shilling

Question 13.
Mrs. Bethy wanted to know about a particular place in India. Write the name of the place _________________?
(A) New Delhi
(B) Punjab
(C) Haryana
(D) Frontier
Answer:
(B) Punjab.

Question 14.
Where did the writer go to pack his bags?
(A) to the hotel
(B) to the room
(C) downstairs
(D) upstairs
Answer:
(D) upstairs.

Question 15.
The writer went to the restaurant during ________________?
(A) breakfast
(B) lunch
(C) supper
(D) dinner
Answer:
(B) Lunch.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Subjective Questions With Answers
Answer the following question in about 50 words.

Question 1.
Where did the writer go for his launch and what did he experience there?
Answer:
In England, once the writer went to a vegetarian restaurant to have his launch. He found that it was very crowded. People were eating and drinking and all the seats were occupied by them. He preferred a comer table to sit and wait for his launch and started skimming through a newspaper.

Question 2.
What was the writer’s first impression of the girl?
Answer:
While waiting for his launch at the restaurant, the writer noticed a young girl. She was looking at him with a very sad expression. At the time of her departure, she asked the cashier about the identity of the writer. It seemed as if she was very much interested to know about him.

Question 3.
What made the writer surprised?
Answer:
The writer was surprised at the behavior of the girl in the restaurant. She was repeatedly looking at him with her large eyes and they had a sad expression. She also asked the cashier about the writer when she was about to leave the restaurant. Her repeated looking with a sad expression made him surprised.

Question 4.
Why was the writer interested to know about the girl?
Answer:
The writer saw a young girl taking her launch in the restaurant. She looked at him time and again. As she was leaving the place she asked the cashier something in a very low voice That incident made him surprised and he was interested to know about the girl.

Question 5.
What did the writer know about the young girl?
Answer:
The young girl’s interest to know about the writer aroused his curiosity in her. So after his launch, he asked the waiter about the girl. The waiter didn’t know much about her, still, he told that she was visiting the restaurant only on Saturdays.

Question 6.
Where did the writer go on the next Saturday?
Answer:
After getting little information about the girl, the writer was anxious to meet her again. He was curious to know more about the poverty-stricken girl. So the very next Saturday he went to the same restaurant. He found her sitting at the same table as before.

Question 7.
Where did the writer meet the young girl again? Why did he sit opposite hers?
Answer:
The writer came to know that the girl used to visit the restaurant only on Saturdays. He was interested to meet her and know about her. The next Saturday he went to the restaurant and met her again. As she was eating, the writer arranged a chair and sat opposite hers in order to talk to her freely.

Question 8.
How did the writer start a conversation?
Answer:
The writer came to know about the girl’s visit to the restaurant on Saturdays. He went there on Saturday in order to meet her.
He saw her eating. So he went up to her and took the chair opposite hers. He wished her a good afternoon. After a brief remark, he started a conversation with her.

Question 9.
How could the writer guess the girl to be poverty-stricken?
Answer:
The writer saw a sad expression in the eyes of the girl. He came to know from the waiter that the girl used to come to the restaurant to have her launch only on Saturday as it was payday. Perhaps she didn’t earn much. All these made him guess that she was a poverty-stricken girl.

Question 10.
hat query had the girl made about the writer?
Answer:
The girl came across the writer in the restaurant on a Saturday. She was anxious to know if the writer was an Indian. She asked it the cashier but she was not confirmed it. The next Saturday once again she met him in the same restaurant and came to know

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Question 11.
How was the writer treated at Maggie’s house?
Answer:
Maggie invited the writer to visit her house. Both walked to her house. She took him to her mother, Mrs. Bethy who was busy doing something in the kitchen. She introduced him to her mother. Her mother was very glad to meet an Indian She welcomed the writer.

Question 12.
what was Mrs. Bethy doing when the writer met her? Why was she unwilling to go for a handshake?
Answer:
Maggie took the writer to her mother, Mrs. Bethy. She was making some. cakes in the kitchen. Maggie introduced him to her mother. Soon the writer held out his hand for a handshake. But she was unwilling to go for a handshake as her hands were covered with flour.

Question 13.
What did Mrs. Bethy request from the writer?
Answer:
Mrs. Bethy told Maggie to show the ring to Mr. Gupta. It was sent by her son, Franky. She believed that an Indian could see and know about a distant person through the ring which was bought in India. So she requested the writer to try and tell her something about her son.

Question 14.
What made the author tell a lie about the ring?
Answer:
One day the writer had been to Maggie’s house. He found her mother, Mrs. Bethy was seriously ill due to her anxiety for her son Ma ie requested him to tell her mother that Franky was alive and alright. So he had to tell a lie looking at the ring. He did so only for the early recovery of Mrs. Bethy and goodbye to Maggie and her mother before leaving for India. But the family was in mourning as Franky’s death news had already been received by them. Franky had been killed in a fight on the frontier. Since the writer had told a lie about Franky, he felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. He felt guilty about himself.

Question 15.
When and why did the writer feel guilty about himself?
Answer:
The writer wished to go and say goodbye to Maggie and her mother before leaving for India. But the family was in mourning as Franky’s death news had already been received by them. Franky had been killed in a fight on the frontier. Since the writer had told a lie about Franky, he felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy. He felt guilty about himself.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

The Priceless Gift Summary in English.

Lead In:
Commonly a gift means a presentation or offering to somebody on special occasions such as marriage or birthday. Even a small gift is sometimes considered very valuable and rare. Hence it is called priceless. Here is an interesting story ‘The Priceless Gift’ which deals with a simple gift given by a sister for her brother as a token of pure love.

Notes:
Commonly – ସାଧାରଣତଃ,
gift – ଉପହାର,
offering – ଉପହାର/ଭେଟି,
special – ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର/ଗୁରୁତ୍ବପୂର୍ଣ,
occasion – ଉତ୍ସବ,
rare – କ୍ଵଚିତ୍‌/ଦୁର୍ଲଭ,
priceless -ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ
token of –

ଉପକ୍ରମ :
ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଗୋଟିଏ ଉପହାର ଜଣକୁ କେତେକ ସ୍ଵତନ୍ତ୍ର ଉତ୍ସବ, ଯଥା – ବିବାହ ଓ ଜନ୍ମଦିନ ଉପଲକ୍ଷେ ପ୍ରଦାନ ତେଣୁ ଏହାକୁ ‘ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ’ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏଠାରେ ଏହିପରି ଏକ ହୃଦୟସ୍ପର୍ଶୀ କାହାଣୀ ‘The Priceless Gift” (ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର) ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରାଯାଇଅଛି ଯେଉଁଥରେ ଜଣେ ଭାଇକୁ ଭଉଣୀଦ୍ଵାରା ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ଉପହାର ଶାଶ୍ଵତ ସ୍ନେହର ନିଦର୍ଶନସ୍ଵରୂପ ହୋଇଛି ।

About The Writer And The Topic :
In the story ‘The Priceless Gift’ the writer is identified as Mr. Gupta. During his stay in London, he came in contact with a poor young girl named Maggie, who was living with her widowed mother Mrs. Bethy. Her only brother, Franky was serving in India as a soldier in the state of Punjab. She and her mother were worried because they had no contact with Franky for a long time and that had made her mother sick. Her mother Mrs. Bethy believed that the writer being an Indian could see the past and future.

On another occasion, Maggie requested the writer to tell a lie that her brother was alive and well in India so that her mother would recover soon. The writer had to tell a lie against his will. After a few days, her family received the death news of her brother who had died a little before the prediction of writer. It shocked the writer and he could not meet them before his return to India as he felt guilty.

The next day before his departure Maggie met the writer and gave a shilling to him. She requested him to buy some flowers with it and lay them on her brother’s grave on behalf of her. The shilling though a small amount of money was a symbol of her sacred love and affection. Hence the gift was priceless.

Note:
identified – ପରିଚିତ,
contact – ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶ,
worried –
occasion –
recover – ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ଲାଭ କରିବା,
will – ଇଚ୍ଛା,
prediction – ଗଣନା/ଭବିଷ୍ୟବାଣୀ,
departure – ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ,
shilling – ଏକବ୍ରିଟିଶ୍ ମୁଦ୍ରା (ପାଉଣ୍ଡର କୋଡ଼ିଏ ଭାଗରୁ ଭାଗେ)

ଲେଖକ ଏବଂ ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ :
ଉକ୍ତ ଗଳ୍ପରେ ଲେଖକ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୁପ୍ତା ନାମରେ ପରିଚିତ ହୋଇଛନ୍ତି । ଲଣ୍ଡନରେ ତାଙ୍କର ରହଣି କାଳରେ ସେ ‘ମାଗି’ ନାମକ ଏକ ଗରିବ ଯୁବତୀ ଝିଅ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଥିଲେ ଯିଏକି ତାଙ୍କ ବିଧବା ମାଆ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥୁଙ୍କ ସହିତ ରହୁଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କର ଏକମାତ୍ର ଭାଇ ‘ପ୍ରାଙ୍ଗୀ’ ଭାରତର ପଞ୍ଜାବ ରାଜ୍ୟରେ ସୈନିକ ଭାବରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ଓ ତା’ର ମାଆ ବହୁତ ବିବ୍ରତ ଥିଲେ କାରଣ ତା’ର ଭାଇ ସହିତ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ଧରି କୌଣସି ଯୋଗାଯୋଗ ସମ୍ଭବପର ହୋଇନଥିଲା, ଯାହା ଫଳରେ ତା’ର ମାଆ ରୋଗାକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ହୋଇପଡ଼ିଥିଲେ । ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁଥିଲେ ଯେ ଲେଖକ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ ହୋଇଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଅତୀତ ଓ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଘଟଣା ଜାଣିପାରନ୍ତି । ଅନ୍ୟ ଏକ ଘଟଣାକ୍ରମେ ମାଗି ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲା ଯେ ସେ ମିଛରେ କୁହନ୍ତୁ ଯେ ତା’ର ଭାଇ ଭାରତରେ ଜୀବିତ ଓ ଭଲରେ ଅଛି, ଯାହାଫଳରେ ତା’ର ମାଆ ଶୀଘ୍ର ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ଲାଭ କରିପାରିବେ । ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ନିଜ ଇଚ୍ଛା ବିରୁଦ୍ଧରେ ଏପରି ମିଥ୍ୟା କହିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଲା । କିନ୍ତୁ କେତେଦିନ ପରେ ତା’ର ପରିବାର ତା’ର ଭାଇର ମୃତ୍ୟୁ ଖବର ପାଇଲେ ଯିଏକି ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ଗଣନାର ଅଳ୍ପ କିଛିଦିନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲା । ଏହା ପ୍ରକୃତରେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଆଘାତ ଦେଇଥିଲା । ଫଳରେ ସେ ନିଜକୁ ଦୋଷୀ ମନେକରି ଭାରତ ଫେରିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟି ପାରି ନ ଥିଲେ । ତା’ ପରଦିନ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ମାଗି ତାଙ୍କୁ ସାକ୍ଷାତ କରି ଏକ ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍ (ଏକ ବ୍ରିଟିଶ୍ ମୁଦ୍ରା) ଦେଲା । ସେ (ଲେଖକ) ଏହି ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍ ବିନିମୟରେ କିଛି ଫୁଲ କିଣି ତା’ ଭାଇର କବର ଉପରେ ତା’ ତରଫରୁ ବିଛାଇବାକୁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲା । ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଯଦିଓ ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ପରିମାଣବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ମୁଦ୍ରା, ତାହା ଥିଲା ତା’ର ଶାଶ୍ଵତ ସ୍ନେହ ଓ ଶ୍ରଦ୍ଧାର ନିଦର୍ଶନସ୍ଵରୂପ । ଅତଏବ

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Summary:
‘The Priceless Gift’ is a story about a significant gift that is rare and extraordinary. It is a small gift but its cost is beyond all price. Why the gift has become, so valuable, would be clear to us from the following story. The writer, Mr. Gupta, has narrated it from his personal experience. During his stay in London, once he went to a vegetarian restaurant for lunch. It was very crowded and people were eating and drinking.

The writer chose a comer table and while waiting for lunch, he was overlooking a newspaper. Meanwhile, he saw a very young girl looking at him. Her eyes had a sad expression. Before she left the restaurant, she enquired about the writer and wanted to know from the cashier if he was an Indian. She also had another look at him. It surprised the writer and he wanted to know the matter. He asked the waiter about the girl. The waiter said that she used to come for the launch on Saturdays being her payday. Perhaps she did not earn much.

The writer was moved by the waiter’s words. He was thinking about the mysterious child who was enquiring about him. The girl seemed to be extremely poor. So he felt pity for her and wanted to help her. The writer waited for the girl till next Saturday. When it came he went to the restaurant and found the girl sitting at the same table as before. He went to her straight and sat in front of her. He wished her a good afternoon and started talking to her.

The girl named Maggie was happy to meet an Indian, the writer himself. She informed him about her brother Franky, who served in India as a soldier. But her brother had no contact with her family for a long time. Her mother, Mrs. Bethy was worried that something bad had happened to her son. The writer understood the problem of her family and accompanied her home as she wanted him to meet her mother.

When they reached home, her mother Mrs. Bethy was in the kitchen and making cakes. She welcomed him and was happy to meet an Indian. She asked the writer many questions about India. She wanted to know whether India was a safe country to live in. Was it a land of too many snakes and tigers? Did they kill people? Her son was in Punjab. He was a soldier. What kind of place was Punjab? Mr. Gupta the writer told that India was a beautiful country and a fine place to live in.

Then they took the writer upstairs where they discussed India and their Franky. Franky was in India and he had no contact with his family for a long time. Mrs. Bethy showed him a photograph of her son. She also showed a ring that her son Franky had sent from India. The ring had magical power and if anyone would gaze at it thinking about a distant person, he could see that person and know what he was doing.

They had tried it but were unable to see anything. They believed that an Indian could do this miraculous thing. Therefore, they requested the writer to do it. He did not believe in it. But he did not say anything to shatter their dream. After a few months when the writer visited Maggie and her mother, he saw Mrs. Bethy in a serious condition. She was bedridden and was thinking about her son. The condition of her mother compelled the writer to tell a lie.

He went near Mrs. Bethy’s bed where she was lying. Accordingly, watching the ring, he told Mrs. Bethy that her son was alive and well. The old woman, listening to this, raised her head, and tears of happiness rolled down her eyes. She soon recovered. After a few days, his time to return to India came.

He went to Maggie and her mother to wish them goodbye. But then the family was in mourning, The news of Franky’s death had reached them. The writer made a calculation and found that Franky had been killed some days before he told Mrs. Bethy that her son was alive and well. He felt ashamed for saying so and came back without meeting them. He just left a letter writing his departure and bidding them goodbye.

Afterward, on the very morning of his last day in London just before his leaving for India while taking his breakfast, he heard a knock at the door. He opened the door and saw Maggie standing wearing black. She asked the writer about his leaving. In reply, he told her about his leaving and service in India. He had entered the Punjab service. With tearful eyes, she told that her brother Franky was buried near the frontier.

The writer consoled her by saying that he would pay a visit to her brother’s grave after reaching India. Her face filled with gratitude and her voice got choked as she thanked him. She gave a shilling to him and requested him to buy flowers with this and lay them on her brother’s grave for her. For a moment, the writer is very much sympathetic wanted to return her hard-earned shilling on the plea that flowers were available free of cost in his country.

But he thought again and did not want to deprive the girl of the joy of her sacrifice. That shilling was not an ordinary one. It was a shilling of her love,m emotion, joy, and sacrifice. Its cost was beyond all price. Hence it was a priceless gift. The writer accepted the gift and assured Maggie to fulfill her wishes. Finally, he blessed her. While taking leave from her, his eyes were filled with tears.

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Notes:
valuable – ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ
following story – ନିମ୍ନପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଗଳ୍ପ,
significant –
character –
vegetarian restaurant – ନିରାମିଷ ଭୋଜନାଳୟ,
crowded – ଜନଗହଳି,
chose – ବାଛିଲେ,
lunch –
overlooking – ଉପରଠାଉରିଆ ଭାବେ ଦେଖିବା,
meanwhile- ଠିକ୍ ସେହି ସମୟରେ,
sad expression – ବିଷଣ୍ଣ ଭାବ,
restaurant – ଭୋଜନାଳୟ,
enquired – ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କଲେ,
cashier – ଟଙ୍କା ହିସାବ ରଖୁଥ‌ିବା କିରାଣି,
surprised’-
matter –
waiter – ପରିଚାରକ,
mysterious – ରହସ୍ୟଜନକ,
extremely – ଅତିଶୟ,
pity – ଦୟା/କରୁଣା,
straight – ସିଧାସଳଖ
in front of- ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ,
accompanied- ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଗଲେ,
upstairs -ଉପର ମହଲା,
showed – ଦେଖାଇଲେ,
magical power- ଯାଦୁକରୀ ଶକ୍ତି,
miraculous- ବିସ୍ମୟକର,
shatter- ଭାଙ୍ଗିବା,
visited – ବୁଲିଗଲେ,
bed-ridden – ଶଯ୍ୟାଶାୟୀ
compelled – ବାଧ୍ୟ କଲା,
accordingly-ସେହି ଅନୁସାରେ,
raised- ଉଠାଇଲେ,
mourning – ଶୋକାକୁଳ,
calculation – ହୃସାବ|ଗଣନା,
ashamed –
departure – ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ,
breakfast – ସକାଳ ଜଳଖୁ,
tearful – ଲୋତକପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ,
consoled – ସାନ୍ତୁନା
gratitude- କୃତଜ୍ଞତା,
sympathetic – ସହାନୁଭୂତିସମ୍ପନ୍ନ,
hard earned -କଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଜିତ,
sacrifice – ତ୍ୟାଗ,
assured –

ସାରାଂଶ :
‘Priceless Gift’ ବା ‘ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର’ ବିଷୟଟିରେ ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଅସାଧାରଣ ଉପହାର ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି ଯାହାର ମୂଲ୍ୟ କେହି କଳନା କରିପାରିବେ ନାହିଁ । ଏହା ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଜନ୍ମଦିନ, ବିବାହ ବା ବିଶେଷ ଉତ୍ସବରେ ଦିଆଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ଉପହାର ଭଳି ନୁହେଁ । ଏହା ଏକ କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଉପହାର ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହାକୁ ଯେକୌଣସି ପରିମାଣର ଅର୍ଥଦ୍ଵାରା କିଣାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ । ଏହି ଉପହାରଟି କ’ଣ ଏବଂ ଏହା କାହିଁକି ଏତେ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ୍ ଏ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ନିମ୍ନପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଗଳ୍ପଟିକୁ ପଠନ କଲେ ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ ହେବ । ଲେଖକ, ମହାଶୟ ଗୁପ୍ତା ଏହାକୁ ନିଜ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ ଜୀବନର ଏକ ଅନୁଭୂତିରୁ ବର୍ଣନା କରିଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ତାଙ୍କର ଲଣ୍ଡନରେ ରହଣି କାଳରେ ଥରେ ଏକ ନିରାମିଷ ଭୋଜନାଳୟକୁ ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଯାଇଥିଲେ । ଭୋଜନାଳୟଟି ଖୁବ୍ ଗହଳି ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ଲୋକମାନେ ଖୁଆପିଆ କରୁଥିଲେ । ଲେଖକ ଏକ କୋଣରେ ଟେବୁଲ ବାଛି ବସିଲେ ଏବଂ ଭୋଜନ ପାଇଁ ଅପେକ୍ଷା କଲା ସମୟରେ ଖବରକାଗଜ ଉପରେ ଆଖୁ ବୁଲାଉଥିଲେ ।

ଏହି ସମୟରେ ସେ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ଜଣେ ତରୁଣୀ ତାଙ୍କ ଆଡ଼କୁ ଅନାଇ ରହିଛି । ଆଖୁର ଚାହାଣିରୁ ତାଙ୍କ ବିଷଣ୍ଣ ଭାବନା ଜଣାପଡ଼ୁଥିଲା । ଭୋଜନାଳୟ ଛାଡ଼ିବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ଆଡ଼କୁ ଆଉଥରେ ଦୃଷ୍ଟିନିକ୍ଷେପ କଲେ ଏବଂ ପଇସା ଦେବାବେଳେ କ୍ୟାସିଅରଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ କିଛି ପଚାରିଲେ, ‘ସେ ଭଦ୍ରଲୋକ ଜଣକ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ କି ?’’ ଏହି ଘଟଣା ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ବିସ୍ମିତ କଲା ଏବଂ ସେ ଏହାର କାରଣ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ । ସେ ଭୋଜନାଳୟର ଜଣେ ପରିଚାରକଙ୍କୁ ସେ ଝିଅ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ପଚାରିଲେ । ପରିଚାରକ ଜଣକ କହିଲେ ଯେ ସେ ଝିଅଟିକୁ ସେ ଚିହ୍ନିନାହାନ୍ତି; କିନ୍ତୁ ଶୁଣି ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ମନରେ ସେ ଝିଅଟି ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଅହେତୁକ ଅନୁକମ୍ପା ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଲା । ସେ ଝିଅଟି କଥା ସେ ଚିନ୍ତା କରିବାକୁ ଲାଗିଲେ । ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ଆଡ଼କୁ ବାରମ୍ବାର ଚାହିଁବାର ରହସ୍ୟ କ’ଣ ଥିଲା ଏସବୁ ସେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲେ । ସେହି ଝିଅଟିକୁ ଯାଇ ଦେଖୁଲେ ସେ ଝିଅଟି ପୂର୍ବଭଳି ସେହି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ବସି ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ କରୁଛି । ସେ ସିଧାସଳଖ ଝିଅଟିର ଟେବୁଲ ପାଖକୁ ଗଲେ ଏବଂ ତା’ ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ ଥିବା ଚଉକିରେ ବସିପଡ଼ିଲେ ।

ଝିଅଟିକୁ ଶୁଭ ଅପରାହ୍ନ ଜଣାଇବା ସହିତ ତା’ ସହିତ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ହେବାର ପ୍ରୟାସ କଲେ । ମାଗି ନାମକ ସେହି ଝିଅଟି ମଧ୍ୟ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟଙ୍କୁ ଭେଟି ମନେ ମନେ ଖୁସି ହେଲା । କଥା ପ୍ରସଙ୍ଗରେ ଭାଇର ଘର ସହିତ କିଛି ସମ୍ପର୍କ ନାହିଁ ବୋଲି ସେ କହିଲା । ସେଥ‌ିପାଇଁ ତା’ର ମା’ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ବଡ଼ ବ୍ୟସ୍ତ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କ ମନରେ ଧାରଣା ଯେ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଭାବରେ କିଛି ଅଘଟଣ ଘଟିଛି । ଲେଖକ ତା’ ସହିତ ଭୋଜନାଳୟରୁ ବାହାରିଗଲାବେଳେ ଝିଅଟିର ମନର ଭାବନାକୁ ବୁଝି ପାରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ଜାଣିପାରିଲେ ଯେ, ଝିଅଟି ତାଙ୍କୁ ତା’ ନିଜ ଘରକୁ ନେବାପାଇଁ ଚାହୁଁଥିଲା । ଗପସପ ହୋଇ ବେଥ୍ ସେତେବେଳେ ରୋଷେଇଘରେ ଥିଲେ । ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖି ବହୁତ ଖୁସି ହେଲେ । ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କ ସହିତ କଥା ହେଲେ । ‘‘ଭାରତ କିଭଳି ଦେଶ ? ଭାରତରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ସର୍ପ ଓ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରର ଶିକାର ହୁଅନ୍ତି କି ? ଭାରତର ପଞ୍ଜାବ କିଭଳି ସ୍ଥାନ ? ସେଠି ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ କି ନାହିଁ ?’’ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିଲେ ।

ଉତ୍ତରରେ ଲେଖକ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୁପ୍ତା ଭାରତ ଏକ ଭଲ ଦେଶ ଓ ପଞ୍ଜାବ ଏକ ସୁରକ୍ଷିତ ସ୍ଥାନ ବୋଲି କହିଲେ । ସେ (ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍) କହିଲେ, ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ପ୍ରାଜ୍ଞୀ ସେଠି ସୈନିକ ଭାବରେ କାମ କରୁଛି କିନ୍ତୁ ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ହେଲା ତା’ର କୌଣସି ଖବର ନାହିଁ । ସେ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅର ଏକ ଫଟୋ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାଇଲେ । ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ଭାରତରୁ ପଠାଇଥିବା ଏକ ମୁଦି ମଧ୍ୟ ଦେଖାଇଲେ । ସେ ମୁଦି ଏକ ଯାଦୁକରୀ ଶକ୍ତିସମ୍ପନ୍ନ ମୁଦି ଏବଂ ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କା ଲେଖୁଲା ଯେ ଯଦି କେହି ସେ ମୁଦିକୁ ଅନାଇ ରହି କାହା ବିଷୟରେ ଭାବିବ, ସେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାଯିବ । ସେ କେଉଁଠି ଅଛି ଏବଂ କ’ଣ କରୁଛି କଲେ । ଲେଖକ ସେଥିରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରୁନଥିଲେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ଏଭଳି ସ୍ଵପ୍ନକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗିଦେବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁନଥିଲେ । ତେଣୁ ସେ ସବୁ ଶୁଣି ନୀରବ ରହିଲେ । ଥିଲା । ପୁତ୍ରର ଅନୁପସ୍ଥିତି ତାଙ୍କୁ ଶଯ୍ୟାଶାୟୀ କରିଥିଲା ।

ମାଗି ଏଭଳି ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିବାକୁ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କଲେ । ସେ କହିଲେ ଯେ ତା’ ମା’ଙ୍କ ଭଲ ପାଇଁ ଲେଖକ ଟିକିଏ ମିଛ କୁହନ୍ତୁ । ଲେଖକ ଅବସ୍ଥାର ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵକୁ ଅନୁଭବ କଲେ ଏବଂ ସେହି ମୁଦିଟିକୁ ଅନାଇ ତାଙ୍କ ମା’ଙ୍କ ଶଯ୍ୟା ପାଖରେ କହିଲେ, ‘ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ଆପଣଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ଜୀବିତ ଏବଂ ସୁସ୍ଥ । ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଚିନ୍ତା କରିବାର କୌଣସି ପ୍ରୟୋଜନ ନାହିଁ ।’’ ଏକଥା ଶୁଣିବା ପରେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ଉଠି ବସିଲେ ଏବଂ ଆନନ୍ଦରେ କାନ୍ଦି ପକାଇଲେ । ସେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସୁସ୍ଥ ହୋଇଗଲେ । ଯାଇ ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ, ମାଗି ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କ ମା’ କଳା ବସ୍ତ୍ର ପରିଧାନ କରିଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ଦୁଃଖରେ କାନ୍ଦୁଥିଲେ । ଫ୍ରାଙ୍ଗୀର ମୃତ୍ୟୁ ଖବର ସେମାନଙ୍କ ନିକଟରେ ପହଞ୍ଚି ସାରିଥିଲା । ଲେଖକ ହିସାବ କରି ଦେଖିଲେ ଯେ ସେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ବେଥୁଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ଜୀବିତ ଓ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଥ‌ିବା କଥା କହିଥିଲେ ତା’ ଆଗରୁ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ମରିସାରିଥିଲା । ତାଙ୍କୁ ଲଜ୍ଜା ଲାଗିଲା । ତେଣୁ ସେ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ନ ଭେଟି ଏକ ପତ୍ର ଲେଖୁ ପଳାଇ ଆସିଲେ ।

ତାଙ୍କର ଭାରତ ଫେରିଆସିବା ଦିନ ସକାଳୁ ସେ ଜଳଖିଆ ଖାଉଥିବା ସମୟରେ କବାଟ ଠକ୍‌ଠକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ ଶୁଣି ଖୋଲି ଦେଖ‌ିଲେ ମାଗି ଛିଡ଼ା ହୋଇଥିଲା । ସେ କଳା ବସ୍ତ୍ର ପରିଧାନ କରିଥିଲା ଓ ତା’ର ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳରେ ବିଷଣ୍ଣତା ଭରି ରହିଥିଲା । ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ଭାରତ ଫେରିବା କଥା ପଚାରିଲା । ଲେଖକ ହଁ କହିଲେ । ତା’ପରେ ସେ ଲୋତକଭରା ବଦନରେ କହିଲା ଯେ ତା’ ଭାଇଙ୍କୁ ଭାରତର ସୀମାନ୍ତ ନିକଟରେ ପଞ୍ଜାବଠୁ ଅଳ୍ପ ଦୂରରେ ସମାଧ୍ ଦିଆଯାଇଛି । ତା’ର ମନର ଭାବନାକୁ ବୁଝିପାରି ଲେଖକ କହିଲେ ଯେ ସେ ଭାରତରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ ତାଙ୍କ ଭାଇର ସମାଧ୍ଵସ୍ଥଳକୁ ବୁଲିଯିବେ । ଏକଥା ଶୁଣି ମାଗି କୃତଜ୍ଞତା ଜଣାଇବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ଖୁସି ହେଲା । ସେ ଲେଖକଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ଛୋଟ ଅନୁରୋଧ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବାପୂର୍ବକ କହିଲା, ‘ଆପଣ ଏହି ସିଲିଙ୍ଗ୍ଟିକୁ ନିଅନ୍ତୁ, ଏଥରେ କିଛି ଫୁଲ କିଣି ମୋ ଭାଇର ସମାଧ୍ ଉପରେ ବିଛାଇଦେବେ ।’’ ଲେଖକ ପ୍ରଥମେ ତା’ର ଏହି କଷ୍ଟ ଅର୍ଜିତ ଟଙ୍କାକୁ ନ ନେବାପାଇଁ ଭାବିଲେ; କିନ୍ତୁ ପରେ ସେ ଅନୁଭବ କଲେ ଏହି ସିଲିଙ୍ଗୁଟି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ମାଗିର ତା’ ଭାଇ ପ୍ରତି ଥ‌ିବା ସ୍ନେହ, ପ୍ରେମ, ତ୍ୟାଗ ଓ ଭାବନା ଭରି ରହିଛି ଯାହାକୁ କୌଣସି ମୂଲ୍ୟ ଦେଇ କିଣିହେବ ନାହିଁ । ଏହା ତା’ ଭାଇ ପାଇଁ ତା’ର ଏକ ଅମୂଲ୍ୟ ଉପହାର । ସେ ତାକୁ ଗ୍ରହଣ କଲେ ଏବଂ ଲୋତକଭରା ଆଖରେ ତା’ଠାରୁ ବିଦାୟ ନେଲେ ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Text -1
I went to a vegetarian restaurant. It was lunchtime. There were people eating and drinking. The restaurant was very crowded. I saw that some of the chairs and tables had been pushed into a comer. I chose the comer table, seated myself, and started skimming through the newspaper. At that moment, I noticed a very young girl looking at me. Her eyes were large and they had a sad expression.

As she was going out she asked the cashier in a low voice, ‘Is that gentleman an Indian ?’ 7 think so’, the cashier replied. The girl looked at me once more and went out. It surprised me. Why? What was the matter ? Her interest in me aroused my curiosity in her. When I had finished my lunch I asked the waiter, ‘Do you know the girl who was sitting out there ?’ No, Sir, I notice she has lunch here on Saturdays. She comes on payday only. Perhaps she does not earn much. ‘ I was moved by what he said. The curiosity I felt about the girl persisted. Why had enquired about me? Who was the mysterious child? 1 kept thinking of her poverty-stricken sad anxious figure. Could I help her in any way?

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ମୁଁ (ଏଠାରେ ଲେଖକ) ଗୋଟିଏ ନିରାମିଷ ଭୋଜନାଳୟକୁ ଗଲି । ଏହା ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନର ସମୟ ଥିଲା । ସେଠାରେ ଲୋକମାନେ ଖୁପିଆ କରୁଥିଲେ । ଭୋଜନାଳୟଟିରେ ଭାରି ଗହଳି ଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ଦେଖିଲି କେତେକ ଖାଇବା ଚଉକି ଏବଂ ଟେବୁଲ ଏକ କୋଣକୁ ପଡ଼ିଛି । ମୁଁ କୋଣ ଟେବୁଲଟି ବାଛିଲି, ନିଜେ ବସିଲି ଏବଂ ଏକ ଖବରକାଗଜ ଉପରେ ଆଖୁ ବୁଲାଇଲି । ସେହି ମୁହୂର୍ତ୍ତରେ ମୁଁ ଦେଖିଲି ଜଣେ ଯୁବତୀ ଝିଅ ମୋତେ ଅନାଉଛନ୍ତି । ତା’ ଆଖୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବଡ଼ ଥିଲା ଏବଂ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ବିଷଣ୍ଣତା ଭରି ରହିଥିଲା । ସେ ବାହାରି ଯାଉଥିଲାବେଳେ ଭୋଜନାଳୟର କ୍ୟାସିଅରଙ୍କୁ କ୍ଷୀଣସ୍ବରରେ ପଚାରିଲା, ‘ସେ ଭଦ୍ରଲୋକ ଜଣକ କ’ଣ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ ?’ଉତ୍ତରରେ କ୍ୟାସିଅର କହିଲେ ‘ମୁଁ ସେଇଆ ଭାବୁଛି ।’ ଝିଅଟି ଆଉ ଥରେ ମତେ ଅନାଇଲା ଏବଂ ବାହାରିଗଲା । ଏହା ମୋତେ ବିସ୍ମିତ କଲା । କାହିଁକି ? ଘଟଣାଟା କ’ଣ ଥିଲା ? ତା’ର ମୋ ପ୍ରତି ଆଗ୍ରହ ମୋ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ତା’ ବିଷୟରେ ଯେଉଁ ଝିଅଟି ବସିଥିଲା ତୁମେ ତାକୁ ଜାଣିଛ କି ?’ ‘ନା, ମହାଶୟ, ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଶନିବାରଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଏଠାରେ ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ କରୁଥିବାର ଦେଖୁଛି । ସେ କେବଳ ଦରମା ପାଇବା ଦିନ ଆସନ୍ତି । ସେ ବୋଧହୁଏ ଅଧିକ ରୋଜଗାର କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।’ ସେ ଯାହା କହିଲେ ତାହା ଶୁଣି ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହୋଇଗଲି । ସେ ଝିଅ ବିଷୟରେ ଜାଣିବାର ପ୍ରବଳ ଇଚ୍ଛା ମୋ ମନରେ ଜାଗ୍ରତ ହେଲା । ସେ କାହିଁକି ମୋ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନ କରୁଥିଲା ? ସେ ରହସ୍ୟମୟୀ ଝିଅ କିଏ ଥିଲା ? ମୁଁ ତା’ର ସେହି ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତା ଦୁଃଖପୂର୍ଣ ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠିତ ଚେହେରା କଥା ଭାବୁଥୁଲି । କୌଣସି ବାଟରେ ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରି ପାରିଥା’ନ୍ତି କି ?

Text -2
The week passed. Saturday came again. I went to the same restaurant. As I entered I saw her sitting at the same table as before. She was eating. I went up to her and took the chair opposite hers. I wished her a good afternoon and then by making one brief remark after another, I was able to start a conversation. At last, she asked, Are you an Indian? My brother is in India. He is a soldier. We have not had a letter from him for a long time. My mother is very worried. She is afraid something has happened to him. ‘ I learned that her only guardian was her brother.

She lived with her old, widowed mother Mrs. Bethy. I understood how she felt. I think she wanted me to see her mother but she did not have the courage to ask me to accompany her home. We finished our lunch and got up together. As we walked I asked her, May I know your name ?’ My name is Maggie. ‘ We chatted pleasantly and soon reached the bus stand.

This gave me the opportunity of asking her where she worked. ‘Do you usually go this way ?’ I asked. ‘No’, she answered. 7 usually take the village bridge. It is being repaired at the moment. ‘ Soon we approached their neighborhood. We had reached a narrow doorway. Maggie took a thin latch-key out of her pocket and opened the door. She entered and said, ‘Please come in’.

Together we descended the stairs to the kitchen. ‘Mother’, said Maggie from the doorway, ‘an Indian gentleman has come to see you. ‘Where is he ?’ the old woman asked eagerly. With a smile, I stepped into the kitchen behind Maggie. She introduced us. ‘How do you do ?’ I said and held out a trip hand. ‘Excuse me. My hands are covered with flour. I am making cakes. People will come to buy them this evening. This is the way we make our living- lots of trouble.’

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ସପ୍ତାହଟି ଅତିବାହିତ ହୋଇଗଲା । ପୁନର୍ବାର ଶନିବାର ଆସିଲା । ମୁଁ ସେହି ଭୋଜନାଳୟକୁ ଗଲି । ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲାବେଳେ ମୁଁ ସେହି ଝିଅକୁ ସେହି ଏକା ଟେବୁଲରେ ପୂର୍ବଭଳି ବସିଥ‌ିବାର ଦେଖିଲି । ସେ ଖାଉଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ତା’ ନିକଟକୁ ଗଲି ଏବଂ ତା’ ସମ୍ମୁଖ ଚଉକିରେ ବସିଲି । ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ‘ଶୁଭ ଅପରାହ୍ନ’ କହି ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା ଜଣାଇଲି ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ବା ଦୁଇଟି ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ମନ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଦେଇ ତା’ ସଙ୍ଗେ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ ସକ୍ଷମ ହେଲି । ଶେଷରେ ସେ ମତେ ପଚାରିଲା, ‘ଆପଣ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ କି ? ମୋ ଭାଇ ଭାରତରେ ଅଛି । ସେ ଜଣେ ସୈନିକ । ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ହେଲାଣି ଆମ୍ଭେ ତା’ଠାରୁ ପତ୍ରଟିଏ ବି ପାଇନାହୁଁ । ମୋ ମା’ ଖୁବ୍ ଚିନ୍ତାଗ୍ରସ୍ତ । ତା’ର କିଛି ଘଟିଛି ବୋଲି ସେ ଭୟ କରୁଛି ।’ ମୁଁ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ପାଇଲି ଯେ ତା’ର ଏକମାତ୍ର ଅଭିଭାବକ ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ତା’ର ଭାଇ ।

ସେ ତା’ର ବିଧବା ବୃଦ୍ଧା ମା’ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ସହ ରହୁଥିଲା । ସେ କିଭଳି ଅନୁଭବ କରୁଥିଲା ମୁଁ ତାହା ବୁଝିପାରିଲି । ମୁଁ ଭାବିଲି ଯେ ମୁଁ ତା’ ମା’ଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକରିବା ପାଇଁ ତା’ ଘରକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ସେ ଚାହୁଁଥିଲା; କିନ୍ତୁ ସେ ଏକଥା କହିବାକୁ ସାହସ କରିପାରୁନଥିଲା । ଆମେ ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ ଶେଷ କରି ଏକାଠି ଉଠିଲୁ । ଚାଲିଚାଲି ଯାଉଥିଲାବେଳେ ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ପଚାରିଲି, ‘ମୁଁ ତୁମର ନାଁ ଜାଣିପାରେ କି ?’ ‘ମୋ ନାଁ ମାଗି ।’ ଆମେ ଖୁସିରେ ଗପସପ ହୋଇ ଗୋଟିଏ ବସ୍ଷ୍ଟାଣ୍ଡରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲୁ । ସେଠାରେ ସେ କେଉଁଠି କାମ କରୁଛି ବୋଲି ପଚାରିବାର ସୁଯୋଗ ମୁଁ ପାଇଲି । ‘ତୁମେ ସବୁଦିନ ଏହି ବାଟରେ ଯାଅ କି ?’ ମୁଁ ପଚାରିଲି । ସେ କହିଲା, ‘ନା, ମୁଁ ପ୍ରାୟତଃ ଗ୍ରାମ୍ୟ ପୋଲ ଦେଇ ଯାଏ । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ସେଇଟି ମରାମତି ହେଉଛି ।’ ଆମେ ଖୁବ୍ ଶୀଘ୍ର ତା’ ରହୁଥ‌ିବା ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲୁ । ଆମେ ଏକ ଅଣଓସାରିଆ ଦ୍ବାରଦେଶରେ ପହଞ୍ଚୁ । ମାଗି ତା’ ପକେଟରୁ ଏକ ପତଳା ଚାବି କାଢ଼ିଲା ଏବଂ ଦ୍ଵାର ଖୋଲିଦେଲା ।

ସେ ଗୃହ ମଧ୍ୟକୁ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲା ଏବଂ କହିଲା, ‘ଦୟାକରି ଭିତରକୁ ଆସନ୍ତୁ ।’ ଏକତ୍ର ଆମେ ପାହାଚରେ ଓହ୍ଲାଇ ରୋଷେଇ ଗୃହରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲୁ । ମାଗି ଦ୍ବାରଦେଶରେ ଥାଇ କହିଲା, ‘ମା’, ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ ଭଦ୍ରଲୋକ ତୁମକୁ ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ ଆସିଛନ୍ତି ।’ ବୃଦ୍ଧା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ଲୋକଜଣକ ଆଗ୍ରହର ସହିତ ପଚାରିଲେ, ‘ସେ କେଉଁଠି ଅଛନ୍ତି ?’ ସ୍ମିତହାସ୍ୟ ଗୃହରେ ପ୍ରବେଶ କଲି | ହସି ମାଗି ପଛରେ ମୁଁ ରୋଷେଇ ସେ ଆମକୁ ପରିଚୟ କରାଇଦେଲା । ‘ଆପଣ କେମିତି ଅଛନ୍ତି ?’ ମୁଁ କହିଲି ଏବଂ ମୋ ହାତ ବଢ଼ାଇଲି । ‘କ୍ଷମା କରିବେ, ମୋ ହାତରେ ଅଟା ଲାଗିଛି । ମୁଁ ପିଠା ତିଆରି କରୁଥିଲି । ଲୋକମାନେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କିଣିବାକୁ ଆଜି ସନ୍ଧ୍ୟାରେ ଆସିବେ । ଏହିଭଳି ଆମେ ଜୀବିକା ନିର୍ବାହ କରୁଛୁ – ଅନେକ ସମସ୍ୟା ।’ – ସେହି ବସ୍ତି ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଶନିବାର ରାତ୍ରି ଏକ ଉତ୍ସବର ସମୟ । ସବୁପ୍ରକାର ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ଏହି ରାତ୍ରିରେ ବିକ୍ରି କରାଯାଏ । ଅନ୍ୟଦିନ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ସେଦିନ ଗଳିଟି ଅଧ୍ବକ ଜନଗହଳି ହୁଏ । ଏହିଦିନ ସେମାନେ ତାଙ୍କ ସାପ୍ତାହିକ ରୋଜଗାରରୁ ଅଳ୍ପ କିଛି ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।

Text – 3
What kind of country is India, sir ?’ asked Mrs. Bethy as she resumed her cooking. ‘A beautiful country. ‘Safe to live in? Aren’t there too many snakes and tigers? Don’t they kill people ?’ This type of question has often been asked. Don’t believe that snakes and tigers are killed by the people if they come too close.’ ‘My son is in Punjab. He is a soldier. What kind of place is Punjab ?’

‘Punjab is a fine place. It is a very healthy place to live in. ‘I’m glad to hear it. Mrs. Bethy said. Her baking was finished. ‘Maggie’, she said, ‘take Mr. Gupta upstairs. I’ll wash my hands and bring tea’. As we drank tea I talked about India. Mrs. Bethy showed me a photograph of her son. It had been kept very neatly in an envelope by the mother. His name was Franky. ‘Maggie’, said Mrs. Bethy, ‘show Mr. Gupta the ring which your brother sent you. ‘ She brought it and asked, ‘Can you see the past and future in it ?’ I took it and examined it.

‘When Franky sent the ring’, Mrs. Bethy said, ‘he wrote that if you concentrate on a distant person as you gaze into it, you will be able to see him arid what he is doing. We have not had any news from Frankyfor for a long time. But we have not been able to see anything. Why don’t you try? You are an Indian, you may be able to do it ?” I did not have the heart to tell the mother and daughter that the ring was nothing much-not a miraculous thing from a distant land. How could shatter their dream?

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ରୋଷେଇ କରୁଥିବା ସମୟରେ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ପଚାରିଲେ, ‘ମହାଶୟ, ଭାରତ ଏକ କିଭଳି ଦେଶ ?’ ‘ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଦେଶ ।’ ‘ରହିବା ପାଇଁ ନିରାପଦ କି ? ସେଠି ବହୁତ ସର୍ପ ଓ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ର ନାହାନ୍ତି କି ? ସେମାନେ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ମାରନ୍ତିନି କି ?’ ‘ଏପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ବହୁବାର ପଚରାଯାଇଛି । ଆପଣମାନେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରନ୍ତିନି କି ସର୍ପ ଓ ବ୍ୟାଘ୍ରମାନେ ଲୋକଙ୍କ ନିକଟକୁ ଆସିଲେ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ମାରିଦିଆଯାଏ ।’ ‘ମୋର ପୁଅ ପଞ୍ଜାବରେ ଅଛି । ସେ ଜଣେ ସୈନିକ । ପଞ୍ଜାବ ଏକ କିଭଳିଆ ସ୍ଥାନ ?’ ‘ପଞ୍ଜାବ ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦର ସ୍ଥାନ । ଏହା ବସବାସ କରିବା ନିମନ୍ତେ ଏକ ସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟକର ସ୍ଥାନ ।’ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ଏକଥା ଶୁଣି ମୁଁ ଖୁସି ।’ ତାଙ୍କର କେକ୍ ତିଆରି ସରିଗଲା । ସେ କହିଲେ, ‘‘ମାଗି, ତୁମେ ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୁପ୍ତାଙ୍କୁ ଉପର ମହଲାକୁ ନେଇ ବସାଅ । ମୁଁ ହାତ ଧୋଇ ଚା’ ନେଇ ଯାଉଛି ।’’ ଆମେ ଚା’ ପିଉଥିଲାବେଳେ ଭାରତ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ମୁଁ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ କହିଲି । ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅର ଗୋଟିଏ ଫଟୋ ମୋତେ ଦେଖାଇଲେ ।

ଏହା ମା’ଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ଏକ ଖୋଳ ଭିତରେ ଯତ୍ନର ସହିତ ରଖାଯାଇଥିଲା । ତା’ର ନାଁ ଥିଲା ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ । ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ମାଗି, ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଗୁପ୍ତାଙ୍କୁ ତୋ ଭାଇତୋ ପାଖକୁ ପଠାଇଥ‌ିବା ମୁଦିଟି ଦେଖା ।’ ସେ ଏହାକୁ ଆଣିଲା ଏବଂ ପଚାରିଲା, ‘ଆପଣ ଏହି ମୁଦିରେ ଅତୀତ ଏବଂ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ଦେଖିପାରିବେ କି ?’’ ମୁଁ ସେଇଟିକୁ ନେଲି ଏବଂ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରି ଦେଖିଲି । ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ କହିଲେ, ‘ଯେତେବେଳେ ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ଏହି ମୁଦି ପଠାଇଥିଲା, ସେ ଲେଖିଥିଲା ଯେ ଯଦି ତୁମେ ଦୂରରେ ରହିଥ‌ିବା କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ ଧ୍ୟାନ କରି ଏହି ମୁଦ୍ରିକାକୁ ଅନାଇବ, ତୁମେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖିବା ସହିତ ସେ କ’ଣ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ଜାଣିପାରିବ । ଆମେ ଦୀର୍ଘଦିନ ହେଲା ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କଠାରୁ କୌଣସି ଖବର ପାଇନାହୁଁ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଆମେ କିଛି ଦେଖିବାରେ ସକ୍ଷମ ହୋଇନାହୁଁ । ଆପଣ କାହିଁକି ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁନାହାନ୍ତି । ଆପଣ ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ, ଆପଣ ଏହା କରିବାରେ ହୁଏତ ସକ୍ଷମ ହେବେ ?’’ ସୁଦୂର ଭୂଖଣ୍ଡରୁ ଆସିଥିବା ଏ ମୁଦି ଯେ କିଛି ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟକର ଜିନିଷ ନୁହେଁ ଓ ଏହାର କିଛି ବିଶେଷତ୍ବ ନାହିଁ – ଏକଥା ମା’ ଓ ଝିଅଙ୍କୁ କହିବା ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମୁଁ ନ ଥିଲି । ମୁଁ କିପରି ସେମାନଙ୍କ ସ୍ଵପ୍ନକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ଦେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ?

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Text – 4
Several months passed. I visited Maggie and Mrs. Bethy. But no news had come from Franky. Mrs. Bethy was sick, and in a serious condition, aggravated by her anxiety for Franky. 1 was in a fix. What could I say to console the mother? Only God knew whether Franky was still alive or dead. ‘Mr. Gupta’, the girl said, ‘Mr mother has not been ill like this before. I have read in books that Indians love the truth. If you could bring yourself to tell mother only once, after looking into the crystal, that Franky is all right, that he is alive- will it be too much of a lie? Will it be very wrong? I thought it over.

I am not a very virtuous man so I decided to do this, the least of my offenses. Maggie brought me the ring. I took it and approached her mother beside. Wishing her a good morning I said, ‘Mrs. Bethy, your son is alive. He is well. The old woman raised her head a little off the pillow. Tears of happiness welled up in her eyes. Mrs. Bethy soon recovered.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
କିଛି ମାସ ବିତିଗଲା । ମୁଁ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ଓ ମାଗିକୁ ଦେଖା କରିବାକୁ ଗଲି । କିନ୍ତୁ ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ନିକଟରୁ କୌଣସି ଖବର ଆସିନଥିଲା । ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କା କଥା ଭାବି ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ ରୋଗଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କର ଅବସ୍ଥା ସଙ୍କଟାପନ୍ନ ଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ଏକ ଦୋଦୁଲ୍ୟମାନ ପରିସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଥୁଲି । କ’ଣ କହି ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥୁଙ୍କୁ ମୁଁ ସାର୍ଚ୍ଚନା ଦେଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ? କେବଳ ଭଗବାନ୍ ଜାଣନ୍ତି ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ଜୀବିତ କି ମୃତ । ଝିଅଟି କହିଲା, ‘ଗୁପ୍ତା ମହାଶୟ, ମୋର ମା’ ପୂର୍ବରୁ କେବେ ଏଭଳି ରୋଗଗ୍ରସ୍ତା ହୋଇ ନ ଥିଲେ । ମୁଁ ବହିରେ ପଢ଼ିଛି ଯେ ଭାରତୀୟମାନେ ସତ୍ୟକୁ ଭଲ ପାଆନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ଆପଣ ଯଦି ଥରେ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରି ଏହି ମୁଦ୍ରିକାର ପଥରକୁ ଚାହିଁ ଫ୍ରାଙ୍ଗୀ ଭଲ ଅଛି ଏବଂ ଜୀବିତ ବୋଲି କୁହନ୍ତି । ଏହା କ’ଣ ଏକ ଖୁବ୍ ବଡ଼ ମିଛ ହୋଇଯିବ କି ? ଏହା କ’ଣ ଏକ ମସ୍ତବଡ଼ ଭୁଲ୍ ହୋଇଯିବ କି ?’ ମୁଁ ଏହା ଉପରେ ଭାବିଲି, ମୁଁ ତ ଜଣେ ଅତି ଧାର୍ମିକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ନୁହେଁ, ତେଣୁ ମୁଁ ନିଷ୍ପତ୍ତି ନେଲି ଯେ ମୁଁ ଏହି ସାମାନ୍ୟତମ ଅପରାଧ କରିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥୁଙ୍କୁ ମିଛ କହିବି । ମାଗି ମୋତେ ମୁଦିଟି ଆଣି ଦେଲା । ସେଇଟିକୁ ଧରି ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କ ମା’ଙ୍କ ଶଯ୍ୟା ନିକଟରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଲି । ତାଙ୍କୁ ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା ଜଣାଇ ମୁଦିଟିକୁ ଚାହିଁ କହିଲି, ‘ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ, ଆପଣଙ୍କର ପୁତ୍ର ଜୀବିତ ଏବଂ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଅଛି ।’ ବୃଦ୍ଧା ସ୍ତ୍ରୀଲୋକଟି ତକିଆ ଉପରୁ ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଅଳ୍ପ ଉପରକୁ ଉଠାଇଲେ । ଆନନ୍ଦର ଅଶୁ ତାଙ୍କ ଆଖିରୁ ବହିଯାଉଥାଏ । ସେ ଶୀଘ୍ର

Text – 5
It was almost time for me to return to India. I wished to go, to say goodbye to Maggie and her mother. But the family was in mourning. Franky had been killed in the fighting on the frontier. I calculated and found that Franky had been dead sortie days when I told his mother he was alive and well. I felt ashamed to face Mrs. Bethy so I wrote a letter to them, announcing my departure
and bidding them goodbye. The morning of my last day in London dawned. I was to leave that night. / was having my breakfast, there was a knock at the door. Maggie had come to say goodbye.

She was wearing black. ‘Are you leaving today ?’ she asked. ‘Yes’, I replied, ‘today’ is the day of my departure. ‘ ‘How long will it take to reach your country? In which part of the country do you live ?’She wanted to know. 7 have entered the Punjab service. I shall not know exactly where I am posted until I arrive there. ‘Is the frontier very far from there ?’ ‘No, not very’. ‘Franky is buried near the frontier.’ The girl’s eyes filled with tears as she spoke. ‘When I go to that part of the country I shall visit your brother’s grave and write to you.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ମୋର ଭାରତ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାବର୍ତ୍ତନର ସମୟ ପ୍ରାୟ ଉପଗତ ହେଲା । ମୁଁ ମାଗି ଏବଂ ତା’ ମା’ଙ୍କୁ ଅନ୍ତିମ ବିଦାୟ ଜଣାଇବାକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲ । କିନ୍ତୁ ପରିବାରଟି ଶୋକାକୁଳ ଥିଲା । ଫ୍ରାଙ୍କୀ ସୀମାନ୍ତରେ ଯୁଦ୍ଧ କରୁଥିବାବେଳେ ମୃତ୍ୟୁବରଣ କରିଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ହିସାବ କଲି ଓ ଦେଖିଲି ଯେଉଁ ସମୟରେ ମୁଁ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ପୁଅ ଜୀବିତ ଓ ସୁସ୍ଥ ବୋଲି କହିଥିଲି ତା’ର କିଛିଦିନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସେ ମରିସାରିଥିଲା I ମୁଁ ଶ୍ରୀମତୀ ବେଥ୍ଙ୍କ ସମ୍ମୁଖକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଲଜ୍ଜାବୋଧ କଲି, ତେଣୁ ଏକ ଚିଠି ଲେଖୁ ମୋର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାବର୍ତ୍ତନ କଥା ଜଣାଇ ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ବିଦାୟକାଳୀନ ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା ଜଣାଇଲି । ମୋର ଲଣ୍ଡନରେ ରହଣିର ଶେଷଦିନର ସକାଳ ହେଲା । ସେଦିନ ରାତିରେ ବିଦାୟ ନେବାର ଥିଲା । ମୁଁ ମୋର ଜଳଖିଆ ମାଗି ଶେଷ ବିଦାୟ ଜଣାଇବାପାଇଁ ଆସିଥିଲା । ସେ କଳା ପୋଷାକ ପରିଧାନ କରିଥିଲା । ସେ ପଚାରିଲା, ‘ଆଜି ଆପଣ ଯାଉଛନ୍ତି କି ?’ ମୁଁ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲି, ‘ହଁ, ଆଜି ମୋର ବିଦାୟ ଦିନ ।’ ସେ ଜାଣିବାକୁ ଚାହିଁଲା, ‘ଆପଣଙ୍କ ଦେଶରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବାକୁ କେତେ ଦିନ ଲାଗିବ ? ଆପଣ ଦେଶର କେଉଁ ଭାଗରେ ରୁହନ୍ତି ?’ ‘ମୁଁ ପଞ୍ଜାବରେ ଚାକିରିରେ ଯୋଗ ଦେଉଛି । ସେଠାରେ ନ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ଯାଏ କେଉଁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ମୋତେ ନିଯୁକ୍ତି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି ତାହା ଜାଣିପାରିବି ନାହିଁ ।’’ ‘ସେଠାରୁ ସୀମାନ୍ତ ଅର୍ଧ ଦୂର କି ?’ ‘ନା, ଅଧିକ ଦୂର ନୁହେଁ ?’ ହୋଇଯାଇଥିଲା । ‘ମୁଁ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଦେଶର ସେ ଅଞ୍ଚଳକୁ ଯିବି ତୁମ ଭାଇଙ୍କର ସମାଧ୍ଵସ୍ଥଳକୁ ବୁଲିଯିବି ଏବଂ ତୁମକୁ ଏ ବିଷୟରେ ଚିଠି ଲେଖୁ ।’

Text – 6
Maggie’sfacefilled with gratitude. As she thanked me her voice choked. She took a shilling out of her packet, saying, ‘Please buy flowers with this when you go, and lay them on my brother’s grave for me. ‘ In my emotion, I lowered my eyes. The child had earned the shilling with so much toil. I felt like returning it to her, explaining that in our country flowers grow in great profusion. But I considered, ‘Why should I deprive her of the joy this sacrifice would give her ?’ She was foregoing so much for the love of her brother.

The joy of doing it was beyond all price. The grief in her heart would be eased a little. I picked up the shilling. ‘Maggie’, I said, I shall use this shilling to buy flowers and put them on your brother’s grave.’ Maggie stood up. ‘How can I ever thank you, she said. ‘Goodbye. Remember to write. I got up and held her hand. ‘Goodbye, Maggie, God bless you, ’ I said. Maggie left. I wiped a tear from my eyes and went upstairs to pack my bags.

ଅନୁବାଦ :
ମାଗିର ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳ କୃତଜ୍ଞତାରେ ଭରିଗଲା । ସେ ମୋତେ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଦେଲାବେଳେ ତା’ କଣ୍ଠ ରୁଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଆସିଲା । ସେ ତା’ ପକେଟରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ସିଲିଂ ମୁଦ୍ରା କାଢ଼ି କହିଲା, ‘ଆପଣ ସେଠାକୁ ଯିବାବେଳେ ଏଥ‌ିରେ କିଛି ଫୁଲ କିଣି ମୋ ଭାଇର ସମାଧ୍ ଉପରେ ଦୟାକରି ମୋ’ ପାଇଁ ବିଛାଇ ଦେବେ ।’ ଭାବବିହ୍ଵଳ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମୁଁ ଚକ୍ଷୁ ଅବନତ କଲି । ପିଲାଟି ବହୁତ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି ସିଲିଂଟି ଉପାର୍ଜନ କରିଥିଲା । ଆମ ଦେଶରେ ଫୁଲ ପ୍ରଚୁର ପରିମାଣରେ ମିଳେ ବୋଲି ବୁଝାଇ ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ଏହା ଫେରାଇ ଦେବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥୁଲି । କିନ୍ତୁ ମୁଁ ବିଚାର କଲି, ‘ଏହି ତ୍ୟାଗ ତାକୁ ଯେଉଁ ଆନନ୍ଦ ଦେବ ସେଥୁରୁ ମୁଁ କାହିଁକି ତାକୁ ସେଥୁରୁ ବଞ୍ଚିତ କରିବି ?’ ଭାଇ ପ୍ରତି ଥ‌ିବା ଶ୍ରଦ୍ଧା ପାଇଁ ସେ ଅନେକ ତ୍ୟାଗ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଥିଲା । ଏହି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବାର ଆନନ୍ଦ ମହାର୍ଘ ଥିଲା । ତା’ ହୃଦୟର ବେଦନା ସାମାନ୍ଯ ଲାଘବ ହେବ । ମୁଁ ସିଲିଂଟି ଉଠାଇନେଲି । ମୁଁ କହିଲି, ‘ମାଗି, ମୁଁ ଏହି ସିଲିଂରେ ଫୁଲ କିଣିବି ଓ ତୁମ ଭାଇଙ୍କ କବର ଉପରେ ବିଛାଇଦେବି ।’ ମାଗି ଛିଡ଼ାହେଲା । ସେ କହିଲା, ‘ମୁଁ ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ କିପରି ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ ଜଣାଇବି । ମୋ ପାଖକୁ ମନେପକାଇ ଚିଠି ଲେଖିବେ ।’ ମୁଁ ଛିଡ଼ାହେଲି ଏବଂ ତା’ ହାତ ଧରିଲି । ମୁଁ କହିଲି ‘ଶୁଭ ବିଦାୟ ମାଗି, ଭଗବାନ୍ ତୋତେ ଆଶୀର୍ବାଦ କରନ୍ତୁ ।’ ମାଗି ଚାଲିଗଲା । ମୁଁ ମୋ ଆଖିରୁ ଝରି ଆସିଥିବା ଏକ ଲୁହବିନ୍ଦୁକୁ ପୋଛିଲି ଏବଂ ଜିନିଷପତ୍ର ବାନ୍ଧିବାକୁ ଉପର ମହଲାକୁ ଗଲି ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Solutions Chapter 1 The Price Less Gift

Notes And GLOSSARY (ଟିପ୍‌ପଣୀ ଓ କଠିନ ଶବ୍ଦାର୍ଥ: )
Vegetarian Restaurant – an eating place where no animal food is served – ନିରାମିଷ ଭୋଜନାଳୟ, My uncle is running a vegetarian restaurant in Puri.
Pushed Into – taken into by force ଭିତରକୁ ଠେଲି ଦିଆଗଲା
Crowded – a lot of people ଜନବହୁଳ A daily market is a crowded place.
skimming through – reading something quickly ଖବରକାଗଜ ଉପରେ While waiting for the train, he was skimming through a newspaper.
priceless – extremely valuable or important
Gift – ଉପହାର a thing that we offer to somebody on a special occasion
waiter – a person who serves food in a hotel ଖାଦ୍ୟ ବିତରକ
cashier – a person who maintains cash in an organization ଭଲ ଭାବରେ
noticed – saw carefully He noticed me in a crowded street. ବିମର୍ଷ ଭାବ sad expression  I am worried about my friend’s sad expression over the issue of his family feud.
Aroused – awakened, stirred ଜାଗ୍ରତ କଲା The story has aroused my interest.
curiosity – a strong desire to know something – Our curiosity in space research has brought success to us
What was the matter ?- What was the problem? – ସମସ୍ୟା କ’ଣ?
moved (v) – made someone have strong feelings of sadness
payday – the day on which one gets wages – ମଜୁରି ମିଳିବା ଦିବସ
persisted – the day on which one gets wages – ବଳବତ୍ତର ରହିଲା, ଅବିରତ ଲାଗି ରହିଲା The pain persisted into the morning.
enquired about – wanted to know in details about somebody – (ଟିକିନିଖ୍) ଚାହୁଁଥିଲେ
mysterious – very strange and difficult to explain – ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ|ବିସ୍ମୟକର Her behavior is often mysterious.
poverty-stricken- suffering extremely because of lack of money – ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ ପ୍ରପୀଡ଼ିତ Most of the people of our country are poverty-stricken.
anxious figure – very worried person – ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ବିବ୍ରତ/ବ୍ୟାକୁଳ ବା ଚିନ୍ତିତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି
conversation- talk / discussion – କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତା
widowed – ବିଧବା a woman having no husband
courage – boldness, effrontery, fearlessness, temerity ସାହସକତା
accompany – to go with / to travel with ସାଥିରେ ଯବା
got up – rose stood on the feet
usually – generally, as usual, normally, commonly – ସାଧାରଣତଃ
approached – proceeded/moved towards, headed
opposite – ସମ୍ମୁଖରେ
opportunity – a situation that makes it possible for you to do something that you want to do – ସୁଯୋଗ | We should not misuse any opportunity whenever it comes to serving our nation.
a thin latch key – ଏକ ପତଳା ଚାବି a thin key for a latch (lock) He uses a thin latch key to lock his room
chat (v) – to talk in a friendly way
festivity – celebration – ଉତ୍ସବ ପାଳନ
neighborhood – people living in a nearby place or a village – ଏକ ଅଞ୍ଚଳର ଲୋକମାନେ
descend (v) – went down –
doorway – an opening where there is a door – ପବେଶପଥ
stare – look at something or someone with wide-open eyes – ଆଖିରେ ଚାହିଁବା
concentrate – to give all attention – ଏକାଗ୍ର ହେବା . My father advised me to concentrate on my studies
resume – start again – ପୁନବାର ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବା
miraculous – amazing, unbelievable, surprising, and fortunate ବିସ୍ମୟକର India’s victory in the third world cup cricket was miraculous.
eagerly (adv.) – ଉତ୍ସାହର ସହିତ, ଆଗ୍ରହ ସହିତ,
aggravated – worsened – ଅତି ଖରାପ ଅବସ୍ଥା Our country’s economy in pack (v) – was aggravated.
bake (v) – make something using dry heat – ସେକାବା
in a fix – in a dilemma – ଅନଜ୍ୟୋପାୟ, He was in a fix over the matter of his support to political parties.
excuse me – ମୋତେ କ୍ଷମା କରିବେ
crystal – a mineral or a rock (clear and transparent) – ଏକ ପଥର ଖଣିଜ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ (ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳ ଏବଂ ସ୍ଵଚ୍ଛ) Her innocence is crystal clear.
choke (v) – ଚକ୍କର
offenses – crime, wrong-doing – ଅପରାଧ Travelling without a ticket is an offense.
welled up – appeared – ଦେଖାଗଲା | He welled up suddenly in the morning.
deprive (v) – ବଞ୍ଚିତ କରିବା | ଛଡ଼େଇ ନେବା
mourning – lamenting or grieving for a dead person – ମୃତ୍ୟୁରେ ଶୋକାଭିଭୂତ ହେବା The entire nation was mourning after the death of Mahatma Gandhi
accompany (v)- travel with someone – ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଯିବା
gaze (v) – look fixedly – ସ୍ଥିର ଦୃଷ୍ଟିରେ ଚାହିଁବା
shatter (v) – destroy something completely – ନଷ୍ଟ ବା ଧ୍ବଂସ କରିବା
anxiety – a feeling of worries ଚିନ୍ତା,
console (v) – give comfort to someone during sadness
virtuous (adj) – good quality of a person ନୀତିବାନ୍ | ସାଧୁ
approach (v)- come nearer
ease (v) – ଆରାମ ଦେବା
wipe (v) – clean something using a piece of dry cloth – ପୋଛି ସଫା କରିବା
toil (n) – hard work
emotion – a strong feeling of love and hatred – ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠା
recover (v) – become well after illness ଆରୋଗ୍ୟ ହେବା
announcing – ଘୋଷଣା declaring, revealing, reporting Gandhi gave a call announcing non-cooperation.
poverty – suffering extremely due to lack of food and money ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟ
bury – ସମାଧି
grave – a grave is a place where a dead person is buried – ସମାଧ୍ଵସ୍ଥଳ Everybody will go to the grave after death
dawn – ସକାଳ ହେବା
gratitude – କୃତଜ୍ଞତା ଅନୁଭବ କରିବା the feeling of being grateful I must express my gratitude to the chief guest for accepting our invitation.
bid goodbye – ବିଦାୟ
shilling – a unit of money (20 shillings make an English pound)- (ଏହା ଏକ ବ୍ରିଟିଶ୍ ମୁଦ୍ରା) My father gave me a shilling on my birthday.
grief (n) – ଦୁଖ
departure – ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ
profusion – abundance, plenty – ପ୍ରଚୁର Roses grow in profusion in the garden
sacrifice (n) – ତ୍ୟାଗ
foregoing – sacrificing – ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା She was foregoing so much for the love of her brother.
pack (v) – ପ୍ୟାକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |

Refer More:

LTIM Pivot Point Calculator

BSE Odisha 9th Class English:

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 10 Area Under Plane Curves

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 10 Area Under Plane Curves will enable students to study smartly.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Math Notes Chapter 10 Area Under Plane Curves

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 10 Area Under Plane Curves 1
Area of the portion bounded by x-axis the curve
y = f(x) and two ordinates at x = a and x = b.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 10 Area Under Plane Curves 2
= Area of the portion bounded by y-axis,
the curve x = f(y) and two abscissa at y = c and y = d.

Area between two curves y = f(x), y g(x) with g(x) < f(x) in [a, b] and between two ordinates
x = a and x = b is given by \(\int_a^b\){f(x) – g(x)}dx

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability will enable students to study smartly.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability

Definition:
A function f is said to be continuous at a point a Df if
(i) f(x) has definite value f(a) at x = a,
(ii) limx->a f(x) exists,
(iii) limx->a f(x) = f(a).
If one or more of the above conditions fail, the function f is said to be discontinuous at x = a. The  above definition of continuity of a function at a point can also be formulated as follows:
A function f is said to be continuous at x = a if
(i) holds and for a given ∈ > 0, there exists a δ > 0 depending on ∈ such that
|x – a| < 8 ⇒ |f(x) – f(a)| < ∈.
A function f is continuous on an interval if it is continuous at every point of the interval.
If the interval is a closed interval [a, b] the function f is continuous on [a, b] if it is continuous on (a, b),
limx->a+ f(x) = f(a) and limx->b- f(x) = f(b).

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability

Differentiation of a function:
(a) Differential coefficient (or derivative) of a function y = f(x) with respect to x is
CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability 1

Fundamental theorems:
CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability 2
Then to get \(\frac{d y}{d x}\) it is convenient to take log of both sides before differentiation.

Derivative of some functions:
CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability 3

Higher order derivative:
CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability 4

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability

Leibnitz Theorem:
If ‘u’ and ‘v’ are differentiable functions having ‘n’th derivative then
\(\frac{d^n}{d x^n}\)(u.v) = C0unv + C1un-1v1 + C2un-2v2 + ….. + Cnuvn

Partial derivatives and Homogeneous functions:
(a) If z = f(x, y) is any function of two variables then the partial derivative of z w.r.t. x and y are given below.
CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 7 Continuity and Differentiability 5
(b) Homogeneous function:
z = f(x > y) is a homogeneous function of degree ‘n’ if f(tx, ty) = tn f(x, y).

Euler’s Theorem:
If z = f(x, y) is a homogeneous function of degree ‘n’ then \(x \frac{\partial f}{\partial x}+y \frac{\partial f}{\partial y}\) = nf(x, y).

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Grammar Modals Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

What is a verb?
Answer:
A Verb is a word that expresses an action or fact.
Example:
1) I do my work.
2) Kuni sings a song.
4) They play cricket.
3) I can help you.
5) He will read English.

In the above sentences, words like do, sing, can help, play and will read are called verbs as they are action words Verbs can be divided into the following classes.
1) Auxiliary verbs.
2) Ordinary Verbs.
3) Verbs of Incomplete Predication.

1) Auxiliary Verbs:
The verbs that help their principal or main verbs to form their tenses, moods on negative sentences are called Auxiliary Verbs. They are also called helping verbs.
Example:
1) He is reading English now.
2) I have passed the examination.
3) He Will do this.
4) I do not sing a song.
5) You should read mindfully.
6) They were playing cricket yesterday.
7) ye had completed his work.
8) You need not worry.
9) He can help you.
10) It may rain today.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

In the above sentences, the words is, have, will, do, should, were, had, need, can, may etc. are called Auxiliary Verbs.
Types of Auxiliary Verbs:
Auxiliary verbs can be classified into two types
(A) Chief/primary Auxiliary Verbs and
(B) Modal Auxiliaries.

(A) Chief/Primary Auxiliary Verbs:
To be (is, am, are, was, were)
To do ( do, does, did)
To have (has, have, had)
They can be used as Main/finite verbs.
Example:
1) I do my work.
2) He does his work.
3) They did their sums.
4) Bhubaneswar is the capital of Odisha.
5) We are students.
6) I am twenty years old.
7) His father was tall.
8) I have a scooter.
9) He has no pen.
10) The child had a toy.
11) They were at home.

(B) Modal Auxiliaries- Definition:
The helping verbs which show the mode or attitude of the main verb are called Modals.Will, shall, can, could, may, might, w&bld, should, must, dare, need, used to, aught to are called Modal Auxiliaries. Modal Auxiliaries are never used alone. They are always used with the chief (Main/ Principal) Verbs. Modal Auxiliaries can be used invariably as Helping Verbs.
Examples:
1) We should do our duty.
2) You can speak English.
3) He might not come.
4) You must try your luck.
5) She used to take exercise daily.
6) We ought to obey our parents.
7) You need not worry.
8) Dare he go against you?

Specific Qualities of Modals:
1. Modals show, willingness, advice, promise, determination, threat, supposition, inference, duty, obligation, request, possibility, permission, suggestion, instruction, power, capability, ability etc.
2. Modals are never used alone. They are always used with such words as are applied (clear) or implied (understood).
3. Modals are not governed by the number, gender and person of the subject. In other words, no change takes place or is affected in their basic or genuine form. They always remain unchanged or alike.
4. Only the first/crude form of verb is used with the Modals. The infinitive without ‘to’ is used with them. The infinitive ‘to’ is used only with the Modals used (used to) and ought (ought to).

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

Use Of Modals:
1. CAN

1. ‘Can’ shows capability or strength.
Examples:
1. He can teach you.
2. I can run five kilometers.
3. My friend can do your work.

2. It shows nature.
Examples:
1. He can cheat you.
2. They can harass him.

3. It shows ability/skill.
Examples:
1. I can cross the river.
2. He can repair your machine.

4. It shows permission.
Examples:
1. You can go home now.
2. He can leave this place.

5. It shows probability.
Example:
1. Accident can. happen at any time bn NH-5!

6. It shows incompetency or improbability.
Example:
1. Anyone can’t do these sums.

7. It shows inefficiency/inability.
Example:
1. You cannot teach English.
The negation of can is can not or can’t, can not (can’t) shows incompetency, Improbability inefficiency or inability. In other words, it shows a lack/absence of capability, strength, nature, ability, skill, permission, probability etc.
N.B: Cannot is written as one word. To write can and not as separate words is wrong according to traditional grammarians.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

2. COULD

1. Could shows/permission/freedom/determination.
Example:
1. My mother could do whatever she wanted to do.
2. I could help you whatever situation faced.

2. It shows capability/strength.
Examples:
1. He asked me if I could lend him some money.
2. I could complete the work in time.

3. It shows ability.
Examples:
1. She could sing well if she desired.
2. He could obtain first class if he tried.

4. It shows capacity and probability.
Examples:
1. If he saved enough money he could purchase a car.
2. If she laboured hard, she could pass the examination.

5. It shows polite request.
Examples:
1. Could you tell me the time.
2. Could you lend me hundred rupees?

6. It shows mild annoyance/request.
Example:
1. Couldn’t he wait for a few minutes more?
So, the negative of could is could not or couldn’t.

Actually, could is the past form of can. Therefore, could serve both the past time and present time situation.
1. I am sorry I could not ring you five minutes earlier.
Here, the time ‘five minutes earlier’ can be taken either as past or as present time.
2. Could I help you in lifting the load?
It means ‘should I lift you in lifting the load?’ It shows present time situation.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

3. MAY

1. May shows desire/permission.
Examples:
1. You may use my pen.
2. He may complete my work.

2. It shows request/desire to seek permission.
Examples:
1. May I have your scooter?
2. May he teach English?

3. It shows probability.
Examples:
1. She may stand first in her class.
2. He may be selected for this job.

4. It shows likelihood/probability. Examples:
1. It may rain tonight.
2. The weather may be cloudy today.

5. It shows keen desire.
Examples:
1. May she have a son!
2. May he be a doctor!

6. It shows aim and objective. Examples:
1. I eat so that I may remain fit.
2. He does exercise so that he may have good health.

7. It shows desire/request.
Examples:
1. May she get a good partner!
2. May he have a good friend!

8. It shows lack of probability.
Examples:
1. He may not attend my birthday party.
2. They may not do the work.
However, the negative of May is May not or Mayn’t.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

4. MIGHT

1. Might shows probability
Examples:
1. He thought that he might return home in time.
2. The doctor felt that he might cure the patient.

2. It shows excessive modesty/humility.
Examples:
1. Might I use your scooter?
2. Might they use his car?

3. It shows guess.
Examples:
1. She might have finished her breakfast.
2. They might have finished their work.

4. It shows purpose.
Examples:
1. He ran fast so that he might reach college m time.
2. He organised the meeting so that he might discuss the plan.

5. It shows doubtful probability in future.
Examples:
1. He has not promised, but he might lend me money.
2. He has not known it, but he might be ready to attend the picnic with us.

6. It shows permission.
Examples:
1. The referee said that we might play the 1 match.
2. Our Principal said that I might attend the examination.

Actually, Might is the past form of May. Therefore Might shows both the past time and present time-situations. May i use your phone? Here, desire is expressed and permission- is sought to use the phone. The negative of Might is Might not.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

Exercise For Practice:
Fill in the following blanks with ‘can’, ‘could’, ‘may’, or ‘might’ whichever is appropriate.
1. ___________ God grant her long life.
2. She wore gaudy clothes so that she __________ looks charming.
3. The teacher asked me if I __________ prepare a chart.
4. __________ you carry this heavy trunk?
5 The patient tries to walk but he __________ not.
6. The news of her failure __________ be false.
7. She didn’t attend my birthday party but she __________ send a gift.
8. She ran fast so that she __________ catch the bus.
9. I know that I catch the thief.
10. I prayed that the patient I ____________ live long.
11. You __________ go in now and see the Secretary.
12. When I was young I ___________ run very fast.
13. Mr. Narendra __________ speak and write Hindi.
14. He __________ have left for Tamil Nadu.
15. She __________ come today.
Answer:
‘Can’, ‘could’, ‘may’ or ‘might’ are used in the blanks.
1. May God grant her long life.
2. She wore gaudy clothes so that she might look Charming.
3. The teacher asked me if I could prepare a charts.
4. Can you carry this heavy trunk?
5. The patient tried to walk but he could not.
6. The news of her failure may be false.
7. She didn’t attend my birthday party but she might send a gift.
8. She ran fast so that she might catch the bus.
9. I knew that I could catch the thief.
10. I prayed that the patient might live long.
11. You can go in now and see the Secretary.
12. When I was young I could run very fast.
13. Mr. Narendra can speak and write Hindi.
14. He might have left for Tamil Nadu.
15. She may come today.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

5. SHALL

1. Shall is used in simple future.
Examples:
1. I shall take part in the tournament next week.
2. We shall serve our country.

2. It is used to know the desire of the hearer.
Examples:
1. Shall I visit your house?
2. Shall we prepare coffee for you?

3. It is used to show promise.
Examples:
1. She shall get a saree if she stands first.
2. He shall get a bicycle if he passes the examination.

4. It is used to show threat/warning.
Examples:
1. You shall be expelled from the college for your misconduct.
2. Bf shall be punished for his crime.

5. It is used to show order.
Examples:
1. i say you shall post this letter.
2. I tell he shall do this work.

6. It is used to show suggestion/proposal.
Examples:
1. Shall we have some rest now?
2. Shall you attend the interview?

7. It is used to show desire.
Examples:
1. We shall accept your present.
2. He shall receive your gift.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

8. It is used to show intention or planning.
Examples:
1. I shall buy the blankets.
2. He shall purchase a car.
Shall is also used with first Person Pronouns i.e. I or we to show future (time) intention, programme or reference.

6. WILL

1. Will is used in simple future.
Examples:
1. We will go for a picnic next week.
2. I will help the poor lady with money.

2. It is used to show humble request.
Examples:
1. Will you take your seat, please?
2. Will you give me your pen, please?

3. It is used to show routine.
Examples:
1. He will often bum midnight oil.
2. He will attend the college in time.

4. It is used to show forewarning.
Examples :
1. If you insult your parents,.you will be ruined.
2. If you misbehave our Principal, you will be expelled from the college.

5. It is used to show firm determination.
Examples:
1. He will not yield before any pressure.
2. I will complete the work at any cost.

6. It is used to show the speaker’s keen desire.
Examples:
1. After reaching Madurai, we will see the
2. Meenakshi temple.

7. It is used to show promise.
Examples:
1. I will -repay your loan next month.
2. I will deposit your money next Monday.

8. It is used to show proposal/ardent, desire. Examples:
1. We will help Karan as far as possible.
2. I will help you at any cost.

9. It is used to show order/, instruction/warning.
Examples:
1. You will be honest in future.
2. You will be penalised if you don’t attend the meeting.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

10. It is used to show capacity.
Examples:
1. This bag will hold all the books.
2. This room will accommodate five students.

11. It is used to show quality
Examples:
1. The machine will do all types of calculations.
2. This typewriter will type Odtya well.

12. It is used to show threat.
Examples:
1. I will teach her a lesson.
2. I will punish you if you disobey my, words.
Will is also used, with first-person pronouns to show determination.

7. WOULD

1. Would is used in the past tense of will.
Examples:
1. She said that she would help me in my need.
2. He said that he would do my work next day.

2. It is used to show humble request/routine.
Examples:
1. Would you please post this letter for me?
2. My mother would go to the temple every morning.

3. It is used to know hearer’s intention.
Examples:
1. Would you like to stay with me tonight?
2. Would you like to share with me in supper?

4. It is used to show improbable situation.
Examples:
1. Would I was the Prime Minister of the country!
2. If I were you, I would help you.

5. It is used to denote desire.
Examples:
1. I would like to give you some trouble.
2. It would create problem for you for this mistake.

6. It is used to show preference.
Examples:
1. I would rather quit than submit to undue pressure.
2. We would rather leave this place in order to avoid fighting.

7. It is used to know intention.
Examples:
1. Would you mind giving me a lift in your car?
2. Would you mind to assist me in my work?

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

8. It is used to show failure of an activity.
Examples:
1. Our scooter wouldn’t start, so we reached the office by bus.
2. He wouldn’t help you, as he had no money.

8. SHOULD

1. Should is used in the past form of will/shall.
Examples:
1. She said that I should not bother her. He suggested that we should help them.

2. It is used to denote duty.
Examples:
1. The teacher should show good-result.
2. You should obey your parents.

3. It is used to denote obligation.
Examples:
1. You should keep your words.
2. He should stick to his promise.

4. It is used to denote advice.
Examples:
1. You should read mindfully.
2. She should serve her mother-in-law.

5. It is used to denote suggestion.
Examples:
1. You should engage a tutor for your son.
2. You should do exercises to keep your body fit.

6. It is used to denote imagination.
Examples:
1. Should you go to the post office bring me some post card.
2. Should he go to the market and buy things for me.

7. It is used to show desire.
Examples:
1. Should I speak to Mohan?
2. Should I meet your father?

8. It is used to denote opinion.
Examples:
1. You should see a doctor at once.
2. He should check his disease in a specialist.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

9. It is used to show probability.
Examples:
1. Should she come here, we shall protect her.
2. Should he come to help me?

10. It is used to denote guess.
Examples:
1. Rakesh should be here by now.
2. He should reach there by this time. Should is also used as the past tense of will shall.

Exercise For Practice:
Fill in the following blanks with ‘will’, ‘shall’, ‘would’ or ‘should’ whichever is appropriate.
1. Sarala __________ be back from college by now.
2. From Mathura we __________ go to Kanpur.
3. __________ we go out and enjoy ourselves in the park?
4. Susma asked Priya what she __________ do under the circumstances.
5. They __________ get there by nine O’clock.
6. I asked him who __________ help me in the hour of need.
7. Nobody __________touch my pen without my permission.
8. I wish it __________stop raining.
9. The nurse told the patient that she go on long leave.
10. You said that you __________ stage a drama.
11. Here you __________ have mangoes for the picking.
12. I __________never tell a lie.
13. What __________ be the correct spelling?
14. __________ you come to tea this evening.
15. __________ you travel in a taxi or a bus?
16. She __________ pass, won’t she?
Answer:
The blanks are filled with ‘will’, ‘shall’, ‘would’ or ‘should’.
1. Sarala should be backed from college by now.
2. From Mathura we will go to Kanpur.
3. Shall we go out and enjoy ourselves in the park?
4. Susma asked Priya what she should do under the circumstances.
5. They will get there by nine O’clock.
6. I asked him who would help me in the hours of need.
7. Nobody shall touch my pen without my permission.
8. I wish it would stop raining.
9. The nurse told the patient that she would go on long leave.
10. You said that you would stage a drama.
11. Here you shall love mangoes for the picking.
12. I will never tail a lie.
13. What should be the correct spelling?
14. Will you come to tea this evening?
15. She will pass, won’t she?

9. MUST

1. Must is used to denote obligation.
Example:
1. You must return my book at once.
2. He must pay my money in time.

2. It is used to denote compulsion. Examples:
1. I must buy a wristwatch, because I get late every day.
2. He must purchase a bike so that he can reach office in time.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

3. It is used to denote necessity.
Examples:
1. You must teach her a lesson.
2. He must show his son the right path.

4. It is used to denote necessity/ compulsion.
Examples:
1. Everyone must follow the traffic rules.
2. A student must obey the rules and regulations of the college.

5. It is used to denote sincere advice.
Examples:
1. The bride must serve her aged mother-in-law.
2. You must obey your parents.

6. It is used to denote guess.
Examples:
1. The old lady must be around seventy.
2. He must be above forty.

7. It is used to denote probability.
Examples:
1. My uncle must have reached home by now.
2. They must have completed the work before time.

8. It is used to denote logical necessity.
Examples:
1. There is a heavy downpour, must take your umbrella with you.
2. You are going to attend the examination, you must bring with you your admit card.

9. It is used to denote guess about past activity.
Examples:
1. She caught a thief, she must have been very brave.
2. He secured first class, he must be intelligent.

10. It is used to denote denial/restriction/ advice.
Examples:
1. You must not (mustn’t) go out in the dark.
2. She must not (mustn’t) betray her mother.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

10. OUGHT

1. Ought is used to denote duty.
Examples:
1. The students ought to request their teacher.
2. We ought to obey our parents.

2. It is used to denote social bondage.
Examples:
1. We ought to serve our old parents.
2. The mother ought to take care of her children.

3. It is used to denote moral duty/ obligation.
Examples:
1. We ought to do our duty.
2. The citizen ought to obey the government Rules.

4. It is used to denote suggestion.
Examples:
1. You ought to join some tutorial group.
2. He ought to take admission in a popular institution.

5. It is used to denote guess.
Examples:
1. Rajesh ought to be here by now.
2. They ought to complete the work this evening.

6. It is used to denote strong probability.
Examples:
1. She has burnt midnight oil. She ought to score a high percentage of marks.
2. He is labouring day and night. He ought to secure 90% of marks in the examination.

7. It is used to denote neglectful conduct
Examples :
1. You ought to have obeyed your father.
2. He ought to carry out the direction of his uncle.
N:B: Ought to = should. Oughtn’t is the negative of ought. Oughtn’t we respect our elders?

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

11. NEED

Generally, need is used in
1. Present.
Examples:
1. I need money.
2. We need your help.

2. Past.
Examples:
1. He needed my help.
2. I needed to follow his advice.

3. Future.
Examples:
1. You will need these books.
2. He will need my help.

4. Negative.
Examples:
1. She does not need woolen clothes.
2. I do not need your money.

In the “above sentences, need has been used as Principal/Main verb. Here, need means to feel the necessity of. Need can be conjugated as- Need (present), needed (past), needed (past participle) and needing (present participle).

Use of Need as Modal:

1. Need is used to denote absence of necessity.
Examples:
1. You need not wait for him.
2. We need not wait for the second chance.

2. It is used to denote necessity.
Examples
1. What need you go to her house?
2. What need you purchase this book?

3. It is used ‘to denote absence of necessity/negation.
Examples:
1. We need not go to school on Sundays.
2. You need not do this.

4. It is used in interrogation.
Examples:
1. Need she serve you a cup of hot tea?
2. Need he give you some money?

N:B:
1. Needn’t is the negative of Need.
2. Need does not have a past form when used on Modal Auxiliary.
3. Need is invariably used in Present Tense. The infinitive without ‘to’ is used as its object.
4. Needn’t + Perfect infinitive (needn’t+Have+v) is used in expressing “the unnecessary activities which have been done by mistake; as- You needn’t have given her your shawl, because she has many shawls. This means ‘you made a mistake in giving her your shawl’.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

12. DARE

Dare is generally, used as;
1. I dare say that Jone is a mean fellow.
2. The child dares to go in the dark.
3. She dared to risk her life.

In the above sentences, dare has been used as a Principal Verb. It means ‘Misadventure/negative courage/undesired courage’
Dare can be conjugated as Dare (Present), Dared (Past), Dared (Past Participle) and Daring (Present Participle). The infinitive ‘to’ is normally used with ‘Dare’.
Uses of Dare as Modal:
1. Dare is used to denote interro¬gative misadventure.
Examples:
1. Dare he say so?
2. Dare they speak against you?
3. Dare you step in her room?

2. It is also used to denote negative misadventure. Examples:
1. You daren’t meet me after school hours.
2. She daren’t help you against the police. Hence, you have marked that dare is used to show challenge or misadventure. It is used in negative as well as interrogative sentences.
Dare is also used in prohibitory sentences.
Example:
You dare not abuse your seniors.
As a ‘ defective verb’- dare is only used in prohibitory and interrogative sentences. . Date is a defective verb can be conjugated as Dare (Present), Pared/Dust (Past and Past Participle). The infinite ‘to’ is not used in such sentences, as
1. You dare not say so. (Present)
2. How dare you call her names? (Present Interrogative)
3. She dared not oppose her husband. (Past)
4. How dust she open my box. (Past-interrogative)

N:B: ‘Dare’ is an odd type of verb. As a matter of principle, the infinitive with ‘to’ is used with do/did in the negative ‘ and interrogative forms of ‘Dare’; but ‘to’ is generally eluded (dropped) in usage; as
1. Did he dare (to) oppose my proposal?
2. How does he dare (to) criticize what I said?
He dared not (to) speak a word against the decision.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

13. USED TO

‘Used to’ is used to denote past habit.
Examples:
1. I used to bathe in the river.
2. He used to do coming walk every day.

2. It is used to denote old past habit but now given up.
Examples:
1. He used to drink before going to bed daily.
2. He used to puff a cigarette after meal.

3. It is used to denote negative.
Examples:
1. She used not to disobey her husband.
2. The students used not to disobey their Principal.

4. It is used to denote interrogation.
Example:
1. Used he to tell lies.
In the above sentences, ‘used to’ has been used to show old habit (in or out of practice at the time of speaking).

‘Used to’ does not have the present tense form. It is invariably used in the past. Now, read the following sentences.
1. I am not used to such, treatment.
2. She got used to drinking.
3. I am used to a life of struggle.
4. Mind it, 1 am not used to this kind of silly behaviour.
5. I am not used to going out in the dark In the above sentences, “used to’ mean;
‘accustomed to’. Some (form of be/seen/gel become is used before ‘used to’ in such sentences.

Exercise For Practice:
Fill in the following blanks with ‘must’ ‘need’, ‘ought to’, ‘dare’ or ‘used to whichever is appropriate:
1. She ___________ not pay the fine.
2. Who rings the bell? That __________ be the housemaid.
3. You __________ to have helped your sister in this hour of need.
4. ___________ he ______ drink when he was in his teens?
5. She __________not __________ sit idle.
6. You ___________ meet her after college hours.
7. My father___________ read the Geeta everyday when he was alive.
8. He ___________ beat his children when they were small.
9. You ___________to help the poor and the needy.
10. Your brother __________ hot take the trouble.
11. She ___________ obey her parents and parents-in-laws.
12. ___________ they utter such abusive words.
13. We__________ to respect our elders.
14. __________ you step in the room of your neighbour’s wife.
15. __________ the beggar give you some money?
16. You __________ use abusive language.
17. __________I receive you at the railway station?
18. You __________to serve yoUr aged parents.
19. __________he go against me ?
20. You __________ leave the college premises at once.
Answers:

Blanks are filled with ‘must’, ‘need’, ‘ought to’, ‘dare’ or ‘used
1. She need not pay the fine.
2. Who rings the bell? That must be the house-made.
3. You ought to have helped your sister in this hour of need.
4. Used he to drink when he was in his teens?
5. She used not to sit idle.
6. You daren’t meet her after college hours.
7. My father used to read the Geeta every day when he was alive.
8. He used to beat his children when they were small.
9. You ought to help the poor and the needy.
10. Your brother need not take the trouble.
11. She must .obey her parents and parents-in-law.
12. Dare they utter such abusive words?
13. We ought to respect our elders.
14. Dare you step in the room of your neighbour’s wife.
15. Need the beggar give you some money.
16. You mustn’t use abusive language.
17. Need I receive you at the railway station?
18. You ought to serve your aged parents.
19. Pare he go against me?
20. You must leave the college premises at once.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Modals

Exercise:
Fill in the following blanks with Modals.
1. I __________reach Bhubaneswat oh Sunday morning. .
2. __________ she stay here tonight?
3. We__________ always speak the truth.
4. __________ you please lend me your book?
5. We eat that we __________ live.
7. She __________ have lost her purse.
8. Anyone _____ make mistakes.
9. __________ you tell me^the time ?
10. You __________ not waste your money.
11. You __________ not worry about me.
12. You __________ not challenge your officers.
13. She __________ visit our house every week.
Answer:
Blanks are filled in with Modals.
1. I shall reach Bhubaneswar on Sunday morning.
2. Will she stay here tonight?
3. We should always speak the truth.
4. Would you please lend me your book?
5. We eat that we may live.
6. She might have lost her purse.
7. Anyone can make mistake.
8. Could you tell me the time?
9. You must not waste your money.
10. You need not worry about me.
11. You dare not challenge your officers.
12. She used to visit our house every week.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 6 Probability

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 6 Probability will enable students to study smartly.

CHSE Odisha 12th Class Math Notes Chapter 6 Probability

Important terms:
(a) Random experiment: It is an experiment whose results are unpredictable.
(b) Sample space: It is the set of all possible outcomes of an experiment. We denote the sample space by ‘S’.
(c) Sample point: Each element of a sample space is a sample point.
(d) Event: Any subset of a sample space is an event.
(e) Simple event: It is an event with a single sample point.
(f) Compound event: Compound events are the events containing more than one sample point.
(g) Mutually exclusive events: Two events A and B are mutually exclusive if A ∩ B = φ (i.e. occurrence of one excludes the occurrence of other)
(h) Mutually exhaustive events: The events A1, A2, A3 ……. An are mutually exhaustive if A1 ∪ A2 ∪ A3 ∪ An = S.
(i) Mutually exclusive and exhaustive events.
The events A1, A2, A3 ……. An are mutually exclusive and exhaustive if
(i) A1 ∩ A2 = φ for i ≠ j
(ii) A1 ∪ A2 ∪ …… An = S.
(j) Equally likely events: Two events are equally likely if they have equal chance of occurrence.
(k) Impossible and certain events: φ is the impossible and S is the sure or certain event.
(i) Independent events: The events are said to be independent if the occurrence or non-occurrence of one does not affect the occurrence of non-occurrence of other.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 6 Probability

Probability of an event:
Let S be the sample space and A is an event then the probability of A is
\(P(A)=\frac{|A|}{|S|}=\frac{\text { No.of out comes favourable to } A}{\text { Total number of possible outcomes. }}\)
Note:
1. P(φ) = 0
2. P(S) = 1
3. P(A’) = P (not A) = 1 – P(A)
4. P(A) + P(A’) = 1

Odds in favour and odds against an event:
Let in an experiment is the number of cases favourable to A and ‘n’ is the number of cases not in favour of A then
CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 6 Probability 1

Addition theorem:
If A and B are any two events then
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A ∩ B)
Note:
If A and B are mutually exclusive then
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B)
(∴ P(A ∩ B) = P(φ) – 0)

Conditional probability:
Let A and B are any two events and P(B) ≠ 0 then the conditional probability of A when B has already happened
P(A/B) = \( \frac{P(A \cap B)}{P(B)} \)
Note:
1. P(A ∩ B) = P(B) . P(A/B)
2. If A and B are mutually independent events then P(A/B) = P(A).
∴ P(A ∩ B) = P(A) . P(B)
3. If A and B are independent events then (i) A’ and B’ (ii) A’ and B (iii) A and B’ are also independent.
4. P(A1 ∩ A2 ∩ A3 ….. ∩ An) = P(A1) . P(A2/A1) . P(A3/A2 ∩ A1) ….. P(An/A1 ∩ A2 ∩ …. ∩ An-1)
5. Let A1, A2 ….. An are mutually exhaustive and exclusive events and A is any event which occurs with A1 or A2 or A3 … or An then
P(A) = P(A1) . P(A/A1) + P(A2) . P(A/ A2) + …….. + P(An) . P(A/An).
This is called the total conditional probability theorem.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 Math Notes Chapter 6 Probability

Baye’s theorem:
If A1, A2 …… An are mutually exclusive and exhaustive events and A is any event which occurs with A1 or A2 or A3 or …. An then
\( P\left(A_i / B\right)=\frac{P\left(A_i\right) \cdot P\left(A / A_i\right)}{\sum_{i=1}^n P\left(A_i\right) P\left(A / A_i\right)} \)

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Grammar Prepositions Exercise Questions and Answers.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

What is a Preposition?
Answer:
A Preposition is a word like on, at, to, up, off, by about etc. Which is used to establish a relationship between words in a sentence.
However, without the Preposition the sentence becomes meaningless. That is why the use of appropriate preposition is so important.
Examples:
1. The train left at 2 O’clock.
2. I am sorry for my mistake.
3. They talked about the plan.
4. Don’t sit on that broken chair.
5. He was not born of rich parents.
In the above sentences, at, for, about, on, and of are prepositions.

Kinds of Prepositions :
The Prepositions can be classified as the following five kinds, such as
1) Simple Preposition: as- at, to, on, by, for, of, with etc.
2) Compound Preposition: as- about, within, until, into, before etc.
3) Participle Preposition: as- during etc.
4) Phrasal Preposition: as- along with, by virtue of, by way of, on behalf of, on account, of etc.
5) Double Preposition: as, from among, from beneath, from under, out of etc.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

Use Of certain Prepositions :
1. The use of ‘At’

1) To show definite time.
Ex- I get up at 6 A.M.
2) To show definite location.
Ex-My mother, is at home.
3) Used before the name of a village.
Ex- I live at Pratapur.
4) Used before the name of a city.
Ex- I was born at Cuttack.
5) It is used before the name of a colony.
Ex- Priya lives at Basanti Colony.
6) Used, before dawn, noon and night.
Ex- I go to the temple at dawn, at noon and at night.
7) To show the rates. Ex-Petrol is selling at fifty rupees a litre.

2. The use of ‘In’’

1) To indicate a definite place.
Ex- The Principal is in his office.
2) Used before the name of a province.
Ex-I was bom in Odisha.
3) Used before the name of a big city.
Ex-I study in Kolkata.
4) Used before the name of a country.
Ex- Utkal University is in India.
5) To show the duration of an action.
Ex-1 shall finish my break-fast in ten minutes.
6) To show context.
Ex- In my opinion, she is quite blank.
7) To show financial condition.
Ex- Mamata was born in poverty.
8) To show the month and year which prolong for some time.
Ex- Gandhiji was bom in October in 1869.
9) Used before morning, evening and afternoon.
Ex- I study in the morning and in the evening, but rest in the afternoon.

3. The uses of ‘To’

1) Used before destination.
Ex- I go to College daily.
2) To tell/show time.
Ex- It is ten minutes to two.
3) Used before an infinite verb.
Ex-1 want to buy a pencil
4) To show relation.
Ex- What is she to you?

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

4. The use of ‘Into’

1) To show movement towards a place.
Ex- She fell into a well
2) To change the form.
Ex- Translate this passage into English.

5. The use of ‘On’

1) To classify the position of something.
Ex-1 have written a book on translation.
2) To show contact with a place.
Ex- We sleep in the roof.
3) Used before a day.
Ex-I shall visit your house on Monday.
4) Used before a date.
Ex- India became a Republic on 26th January, 1950.

6. The use of ‘Upon’

1) To show movement towards a higher position.
Ex- The cat pounced upon a rat.

7. The use of ‘After’

1) To show sometime or position meaning later than.
Ex- It was after 10 p.m., when we ran after the thief.

8. The use of ‘Behind’

1) To show some place ‘at the back of.
Ex- Who is hiding behind the wall.

9. The use of ‘Within’

1) To show the position of time in between the specified limit.
Ex- He will return within a week.
2) To show the boundary/boundlessness of a place.
Ex- Women live within the four walls of the house.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

10. The use of ‘Before

1) It is used prior to some time.
Ex-I shall finish my work before Sunset.

11. The use of ‘Above’ and ‘Over’

1) To show upper position.
Ex- Keep your head above water.
2) To show a much higher position;
Ex- The sky is over pur head.

12. The use of ‘Between’

1) Used with two persons.
Ex- My book is between Kaberi and Supriya.
2) Showing the intervening places.
Ex- There is a distance of 30 km. between Cuttack and Bhubaneswar.
3) Showing two pronouns.
Ex- There is no secret between him and you.
4) Showing two tilings/items. Ex- There is
no similarity between your book and my book.

13. The use of ‘Among’

1) Used in between more than two places.
Ex- There is no difference of culture among Cuttack, Bhubaneswar and Puri.
2) Used in between more than two persons.
Ex- Divide these bananas, among these ten boys.

14. The use of ‘By’

1) Shows persons as doers.
Ex- Tea has been taken by the guests.
Used to refer according to.
Ex- What is the time by your watch?
To show last limit of time.
Ex- You have to finish this work by 6 p.m.
4) To show means of an action.
Ex- We go to school by train.
5) To show the way of an action.
Ex- She caught you by the collar.
6) To show measuring instruments.
Ex- Apples are sold by the kilogram.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

15. The use of ‘With’

1) Showing harmful instrument.
Ex- Why did you stab him with a knife?
2) To show a companion doing same action.
Ex- Who was playing with you.

16. The use of ‘Till’

1) To show time limit.
Ex-I shall wait for you till Sunset.

17. The use of ‘Under’ and ‘Below

1) To show a lower position in place.
Ex- A .cat set under the table.
2) To show a lower rank in service.
Ex- Kamala is below Sarita in the office.

18. The use of ‘Besides’ and ‘Besides’

1) Used to refer by the side of.
Ex- The baby has slept beside it mother.
2) Used to refer in addition to.
Ex- Besides being punished, he was expelled from the college.

19. The use of ‘Of’

1) To show relationship.
Ex- She is the daughter of a rich man

20. The uses of ‘Off’

1) Used to disconnect the function.
Ex- Switch off the light.
2) To show separation from upwards to downwards.
Ex- She ft off the tree.

21. The uses of ‘from’

1) To show the starting point.
Ex- She has come direct from home
To show time.
Ex-I shall start my revision from tomorrow.
To show the source.
Ex- This is a quotation from Kalidas.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

22. The uses of ‘Since’

1) To show reason.
Ex- I cannot take exercise since I am ill.
To show point of time.
Ex- I have been reading since morning.

23. The uses of ‘For’

1) To show an indefinite period of time.
Ex- She has been reading for five hours.
2) To show exact period of time.
Ex- Lend me your book for day.

24. The use of ‘Towards’

To show direction.
Ex- She went towards the post office.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

Exercise For Practice
1 Fill in the following blanks with suitable prepositions:

1. Your house is __________ the road.
2. She is __________ the thumb of her mother-in-law.
3. The water on the road is __________ my knees.
4. I shall return __________ at 8 O’clock.
5. Should I wait for you __________ 9 O’clock
6. Ram beat his daughter __________ a stick.
7. We are Brahmins __________ caste.
8. Sit_________ me for a while.
9. It has been drizzling __________ morning.
10. The kidnappers left Rajeswari __________ for years.
11. My house is __________ the Super Market.
12. The ornaments were divided equally the two daughters.
13. She jumped_____________ the river.
14. Return the library books___________ a week
15. The tiger jumped __________ the goat.
16. You can stay with us ___________ a month.
17. Where are you coming __________?
18. A pen is to write __________?
19. I shall ring to you__________ 7 O’clock
20. There is no hair___________ his head.
Answer:
1. Your house is above the road.
2. She is under the thumb of her mother-in-law.
3. The water on the road is below my knees.
4. I shall return by 8 O’clock.
5. Should I wait for you till 9 O’clock?
6. Ram beat his daughter with a stick.
7. We are Brahmins by caste.
8. Sit beside me for a while.
9. It has been drizzling since morning.
10. The kidnappers left Raieswari after four years.
11. My house is behind the Super Market.
12. The ornaments were divided equally between the two daughters.
13. She jumped into the river.
14. Return the library books within a week.
15. The tiger jumped upon the goat.
16. You can stay with us for a month.
1 7. Where are you coming from?
18. A pen is to write with.
19. I shall ring to you at 7 O’clock.
20. There is no hair on his head.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions

Words followed by appropriate Prepositions:

1. Abide by: She failed to abide by her promise.
2. Absorb in: My mother is absorbed in household duties.
3. Abstain from: A wise man should abstain from drink.
4. Accede to: I cannot accede to your silly request.
5. Access to: We have an easy access to the librarian.
6. Accuse of: He was accused of murder.
7. Admitted to: I have been admitted to +2 Science.
8. Agree to: She did not agree to my proposal.
9. Agree with: Do you agree with me or not?
10. Aim at The fowler aimed at the crow.
11. Alarmed at: I was alarmed at the sight of a snake.
12. Amuse with: I amused him with titbits.
13. Angry with: Why are you angry with me?
14. Afraid of: I am afraid of my teachers.
15. Appeal to The red colour does not appeal to me.
16. Apologise to, for: He apologised to you for my folly.
17. Apply to, for: He applied to the Principal for leave.
18. Approve of: I never approve of her conduct.
19. Arrive at: The train arrived at the station in time.
20. Annoyed with: You were annoyed with me at my misbehavior.
21. Associate with: You will ruin yourself if you associate with bad girls.
22. Assure of: The teacher assured us of help.
23. Astonished at: I was astonished at your failure.
24. Ask of, for: I asked of my neighbour for a loan of five hundred rupees.
25. Abound in: The pond abounds in fish.
26. Attend to: Attend to what your mother says.
27. Attend upon: You should attend upon your aged parents.
28. Believe in: I believe in Godly help.
29. Beg for: The beggar begged a rupee of me.
30. Beware of: Beware of your neighbour’s dog.
31. Bark at: Dogs bark at the strangers.
32. Back out: Never back out of your promise.
33. Belong to Prakash belongs to the family of writers.
34. Bent on: Our neighbour is bent on harming us.
35. Bless with: Prakash has been blessed with a son.
36. Blind of: Mohan was blind of one eye.
37. Blind to: You are blind to the defects of your brother.
38. Boast of: Never boast of your riches.
39. Born in: Sukanti was born in Gautam family.
40. Born of: I was not born of rich parents.
41. Born to: A daughter was born to Krishna.
42. Busy with: Always remain busy with your work.
43. Borrow from: You had borrowed a pen from me
44. Call at: I shall call at your house tonight.
45. Call on: Will you call on me today?
46. Care for: Nobody cars for a poor man.
47. Charge with: Jaggu was charged with murder.
48. Cheat of: Hari Chand cheated me often rupees
49. Complain of: She always complains of headache.
50. Complain to: I have complained to the Postmaster against the postman.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions
51. Come by: How did you come by this suitcase?
52. Collide with: Two buses collided with each other.
53. Cling to: The body is clinging, to its mother.
54. Comply with: I cannot comply with your request.
55. Compare to: Eyes are compared to a Lily.
56. Compare with : Compare Lal Bahadur with Jawahar Lal.
57. Control over The teacher has no control over his class.
58. Confident of: I am confident of my success.
59. Congratulate on: I congratulate you on your success.
60. Conscious of: You are not conscious of your weakness.
61. Consist of: This exercise book consists of one hundred pages.
62. Contented with: Nobody is contented with his lot.
63. Cured of: She .could not be cured of cancer.
64. Deal in: I deal in tea leaves.
65. Deal with: He does not know how to deal with others.
66. Depend upon: Never depend upon others.
67. Deprive of: Nobody can deprive me of my share.
68. Desire for: I have no desire for health.
69. Die of: He died of Pneumonia.
70. Die from: He died from overwork.
71. Differ with: The two brothers differ with each other in their views.
72. Different from: Your younger brother is totally different from you.
73. Devoid of: You are devoid of common sense.
74. Disgusted with: I am disgusted with overwork.
75. Dispense with: The mill owner has dispensed with his services.
76. Dispose of: I want to dispose of my scooter.
77. Distinguish between: I cannot distinguish between gold and brass.
78. Eligible for: I am not eligible for this post.
79. Equal to One kilometre is equal to one thousand meters.
80. Envious of: Don’t be envious of others’ success.
81. Enquire of: Enquired of him about his parents.
82. Escape from: The thief escaped from the police station.
83. Essential to Good health is essential to success in life.
84. Expect of: She never expected this of him.
85. Exception to: There is an exception to every rule.
86. Exempt from: The Principal has exempted Akash from the payment of fine.
87. Familiar to: Her face is familiar with Mukesh.
89. Faith in: Have you no faith in me?
90. Famous for: Agra is famous for the Taj Mahal.
91. Feed on: The tiger feeds on flesh.
92. Feel for: The rich should feel for the poor.
93. Free from: Nobody is free from worries.
94. Free with: I am not free with my teachers.
95. Fight for: We should fight for our rights.
96. Filled with: His brain is filled with dirt.
97. Fond of: Children are fond of toys and toffees.
98. Furnished with: Your house is not furnished with modem items.
99. Gifted with: Mohit is gifted with a sweet voice.
100. Give up: Give up smoking.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions
101. Glad at: I am glad at your success.
102. Good at: I am not good at painting.
103. Grateful to: I am grateful to you for your help.
104. Grumble at: Never grumble at your lot.
105. Guard against: Guard yourself against silly companions.
106. Guilty of: You are guilty of misbehaviour.
107. Glance at: Don’t glance at strangers.
108. Hard up: My father is hard up these days.
109. Hanker after: Do not hanker after wealth.
110. Heir to: The eldest son used to be the heir to his father’s property.
111. Hinder from: Don’t hinder me from doing graduation.
112. Hatred for: I have a great hatred for smugglers.
113. Honest in: Try to be honest in your dealings.
114. Hope for: Always do your very best and hope for the best.
115. Hopeful of: I am quite hopeful of my success.
116. Ignorant of: Man is ignorant of his success.
117. Ill with: Today, I am ill with fever.
118. Inform of: I shall inform you of my arrival.
119. Indifferent to: He is indifferent to his health.
120. Inferior to Madan is inferior to me in caste.
121. Injurious to: Drinking is injurious to health.
122. Interest in: I have no interest in painting.
123. Introduce to: I shall introduce you to my sister.
124. Insist on: She insisted on accompanying me.
125. Intimate with: I am not intimate with Priyanka.
126. Invite to: I am inviting you to a tea party.
127. Jealous of: Why is he jealous of my success?
128. Junior to: I am junior to Rahul in service.
129. Kind to: Be kind to all the creatures.
130. Knock at: Who is knocking at the door?
131. Known by: We are known by the company we keep.
132. Known for: Birbal was known for his witty remarks.
133. Known to: She is not known to me.
134. Lame of Priti is lame of one leg.
135, Laugh at Never laugh at the poor.
136. Lead to: Thus road will lead you to the hospital.
137. Lean against: Do not lean against the wall.
138. Listen to: Listen to what your teacher says.
139. Long for Who does not long for a long life?
140. Look at: Look at this silly fellow.
141. Loyal to: Be loyal to your master.
142. Match for: Dimple is no match for John.
143. Meddle with: Don’t meddle with
144. Mix with: Don’t mix with bad children.
145. Need of: I am in need of a housemaid.
146. Notorious for: Rajeswari is notorious for pick-pocketing.
147. Obedient to: Be obedient to your elders.
148. Object to: I object to your proposal.
149. Oblivious of: I am not oblivious of my surroundings.
150. Oblivious to: I was quite oblivious to the risk.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions
151. Part from: The bride parted from her girl friends in tears.
152. Part with: I cannot part with this costly pen.
153. Pity on: Take pity on this poor body.
154. Play upon: I cannot play upon the harmonium.
155. Pray to: I shall pray to God for success.
156. Preside over: He presided over the function.
157. Prevent from: Don’t prevent your sister from studying further.
158. Pride in: Your pride in your achievement is justified.
159. Pride of: The new car was the pride of the whole family.
160. Popular with: Our library incharge is popular with the students.
161. Profit by: You should profit by others experience.
162. Proud of: Deepti was not proud of her beauty.
163. Qualified for: I am fully qualified for the post of Superintendent.
164. Quarrel with: Never quarrel with anybody on trifles.
165. Quarrel over: The two ladies quarreled over their children.
166. Recover from: I have recovered from illness.
167. Refer to: Please refer to my application dated the 8th instant.
168. Refrain from: You should refrain from telling a lie.
169. Rejoice at: She rejoiced at her success.
170. Rely on: I cannot rely on that fair-weather friend.
171. Related to: I am not related to her.
172. Remember to: Remember me to your parents.
173. Remind of: Should I remind you of my application again.
174. Repent of: Sandeep repented of his meanness.
175. Reply to: Why did she not reply to your letter?
176. Respect for: I have no respect for cheats.
177. Rob of: A drunkard is robbed of his health and wealth.
178. Send for: Send for the doctor at once.
179. Search for: I am searching for my lost diary.
180. Search of: He is in search of a suitable job.
181. Satisfied with: I am not -satisfied with my present job.
182. Shiver with: Everyone shivers with cold in winter.
183. Shocked at: I was shocked at my uncle’s death.
184. Sick of The beggar is sick of his wretched life.
185. Sony for: I am sorry for being late.
186. Stare at: Why are you staring at that gentle lady?
187. Stare in: Death ever stares us in the face.
188. Superior to My watch is superior to yours.
189. Sure of: Everyone is sure of death.
190. Surprise at: Everybody was surprised at my success.
191. Suspect of: The police suspected him of murder.
192. Sympathy for: I have no sympathy for mean fellows.
193. Sympathise with: I sympathised with the old woman and gave her some money.
194. Take for: I took Rina for Meena.
195. Talk about: Let us talk about modem politicians.
196. Taste for: I have no taste for painting.
197. Teem with: Our farmhouse teems with rats.
198. Think over: I am thinking over my problems.
199. Tired of: I am tired of this miserable life.
200. Tremble with: He was trembling with fear.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Grammar Prepositions
201. True to: I am always true to my word.
202. Trust in: Trust in God and do the right.
203. Trust with: Do not trust the stranger with your suitcase.
204. Treat as: I treated his remark as joke.
205. Unfit for: A lame person is unfit for military job.
206. Useful to, for: A morning walk is useful to us for our health.
207. Vie with: The two rivals vied with each other.
208. Vote for: I always vote for a suitable candidate.
209. Wait for: I was waiting for your letter.
210. Wait upon/on: The waiter waits upon the customers.
211. Wait in: I waited in all days but you did not come.
212. Want in: Puspa is wanting in common sense.
213. Warn of: I warned him of the results of drinking.
214. Weary of: I am weary of old age.
215. Wonder at: I wondered at the beauty of the Taj Mahal.
216. Worthy of: The one-eyed and ugly girl is not worthy of her husband.
217. Yield to: I shall not yield to
218. Zeal for: She has a great zeal for outdoor life.

Exercise For Practice

Supply suitable prepositions in the blanks below:
1. pratap is addicted __________ smoking.
2. She has np chance ____________ getting a good job.
3. I have no need __________ his help.
4. I am not in ___________ anybody’s help.
5. I am occupied ___________ an important job.
6. Why don’t you aim __________ becoming a good girl.
7. I have no difficulty ___________ learning English.
8. He prevented his son ___________ gambling.
9. Why are you bent ___________ teasing him.
10. I could not act __ her advice.
11. Have you applied __________ leave.
12. He was annoyed __________his mischief.
13. Believe ___________ what I say __________ you.
14. I have a passion __________ reading articles.
15. He-is not inclined ___________ agree with you ___________ this point.
16. The train is bound ____________ Mumbai.
17. She appealed __________ me __________ a railway concession form.
18. Aren’t you tired ___________ sitting idle’?
19. She is very ambitious __________name and fame.
20. You begged mercy ___________ your neighbour.
21. This man deals __________ vegetable.
22. I don’t rely ___________ you in this, matter.
23. He is ___________ God.
24. She shouted ____________ help.
25. She is longing __________ her dead mother.
Answer:
1. Pratap is addicted to smoking.
2. She has no chance of getting a good job.
3. I have no need for his help.
4. I am not in need of anybody’s help.
5. I am occupied with an important job.
6. Why don’t you aim at becoming good girl.
7. I have no difficulty m learning English.
8. He prevented his son from gambling.
9. Why are you bent on teasing him?
10. I could not act upon her advice.
11. Have you applied for leave?
12. He was annoyed at his mischief.
13. Believe Jn what I say to you.
14. I have a passion for reading articles.
15. He is not inclined to agree with you on this point.
16. The train is bound for Mumbai.
17. She appealed, to me for a railway concession form.
18. Aren’t you tired of sitting idle?
19. She is very ambitious of name and
20. You begged mercy of your neighbour.
21. This man deals in vegetables.
22. I don’t rely upon/on you in this matter.
23. He is against God.
24. She shouted for help.
25. She is longing for her dead mother.